27 Isaiah

✦ ─── ⟐ ─── ✦

Isaiah, in The Douay Old Testament (1609–1610)

The prophecy of Isaias (Isaiah). This is Isaiah as it stands in the second tome of the Douay Old Testament (Doway: Laurence Kellam, 1610), the English College of Douai’s Catholic translation from the Latin Vulgate, in its original spelling. The page gives the matter that the edition prints at the head of this part of the Old Testament, the edition’s Argument of the book, every chapter with its printed summary, the verse text and the marginal notes and the Annotations.

THE FOVRT PART OF THE OLD TESTAMENT CONTEINING PROPHETICAL BOOKES.

The argument of Prophetical bookes in general.

AMongſt manie great benefites, which God beſtowed vpon his peculiar [Margin: Gods ſpecial benefite of ſending Prophetes to the people.] people in the old Teſtament, one principal, and very excellent was, that beſides their ordinarie Paſtors, and gouerners in ſpiritual cauſes, the Prieſtes of Aarons progenic, and other clergie men of the ſame tribe of Leui, in ⟨illegible⟩erarchical ſubordina ion of one chief, with other ſuperiors and ſubiectes, diſpoſed in ſacred functions; he alſo gaue them other extraordinarie Prophetes of ſundrie tribes, as admonitors and guides, to reduce them from errors of ſinne, into the right way of vertue. Which office the ſame Prophetes [Margin: The function of Prophetes, to exhorte to repentance with hope of Gods mercie by Chriſt.] performed, as wel by threatning the offenders with Gods wrath, and punishment, as by exhorting them to repentance, and ſo to truſt in Gods aſſured mercie, that he would geue them better times, and reliefe from their miſeries. But most eſpecially theſe holie Prophetes did foreſee, and foretel the happie times of Grace in the New Teſtament. The coming of Meſſias, Chriſt our Redemer and Sauiour: With the myſteries of his Incarnation, Birth, Paſſion, Death, Reſurrection, Aſcenſion, Coming of the Holie Ghoſt, Fundation, Propagation, perpetual Stabilitie of his Church; and finally the General Iudgement, Eternal Glorie of the bleſſed, and Euerlaſting paine of the damned. For albeit they preached and prophecied manie thinges, properly and immediatly perteyning to the particular ſtate, and people of the Iewes, and other nations, Where they conuerſed, yet the principal ſumme of al the prophetical bookes, is of Chriſt and his Church. Yea al the old Teſtament is a general prophecie, and forshewing of the New. Which (as we noted in the beginning) is conteyned, and lieth hid in the old. Neuertheles ſpeaking more diſtinctly of the proper arguments, or contents of the foure partes of the old Teſtament, the former three more peculiarly ſetforth the Law, the Hiſtorie, and Sapiential precepts: and this laſt part chiefly conteyneth Prophecies of thinges to come. Of which the greateſt part is now come to paſſe, or dayly fulfilled, and the reſt shal likewiſe be performed in due time. So now in [Margin: Foure greatter Prophetes, and welue leſſe⟨illegible⟩ were auctors of the prophetical bookes folowing. Baruchs booke being inſerted in Ieremies.] order after the Legal, Hiſtorical, and Sapiential bookes, folow the Prophetical: and are theſe, according to the names of the Prophetes that writte them. Iſaie, Ieremie with Baruch, Ezechiel, and Daniel, commonly called the greatter Prophetes: and the twelue leſſer a⟨illegible⟩e Oſee, Ioel, Amos, Abdias, Ionas, Micheas, Nahum, Abacuc, Sophonias, Aggeus, Zacharie: and Malachie. Who were al ſingularly inſpired, and gouerned in their preachings and writinges, by the Holie Ghoſt, that they could not erre. Yea they were ſo illuminated in their vnderſtanding, that they clerly ſaw that, which they vttered. And therfore their Prophecies are called Viſions, for the aſſured infallibilitie of truth, which they auouch. For as nothing is [Margin: Prophecies are called viſions, for their certaintie.] more certaine in vulgar knowlege then that, which we ſee with our corporal eyes, and therfore of al witneſſes the eye witnes is eſtemed the ſureſt: and as in al natural knowlege, that is moſt certaine, which is ſene by diſcourſe of reaſon: ſo in ſupernatural knowlege nothing is more aſſured then that, which is ſene by ſupernatural light. Whereof there be three ſortes: the light of Faith, of Prophecie, and of Glorie. Al three certaine, and vndoubted; but [Margin: Light of prophecie is next to the light of glorie, and more clere then the light of faith.] moſt clere and manifeſt is the viſion by light of glorie: wherby God is ſene in himſelf, and al thinges in him, that perteyne to the ſtate of euerie glorious Sainct. Next therto is the viſion by light of prophecie, wherwith God illuminateth the vnderſtanding of the Prophet by a ſpecial, extraordinarie, and tranſitorie light of grace, that either he clerly ſeeth the reueled truthes, or at leaſt perfectly knoweth, that he is moued by the Holie Ghoſt, though he vnderſtand not al, that the Holie Ghoſt intendeth; and ſo when, and where it is Gods wil, he vttereth the ſame, for inſtruction of others. The laſt, which is alſo certaine, but more obſcure, is the ſupernatural knowlege, which al Catholique Chriſtians haue by light of faith, aſſuredly beleuing al thinges which God reueleth by his Church.

Concerning therfore this excellent diuine gift of Prophecie, granted to few, for the benefite of al Gods ſeruants, we are here to informe the vulgar reader, [Margin: Prophecies are hard to be vnderſtood for diuers cauſes.] that wheras theſe prophecies are for moſt part hard to be vnderſtood, and as S. Peter teacheth, not knowen by priuate interpretation, but muſt [Margin: 2. Pet. 1] be interpreted by the ſame Spirite, wherwith they were written, our purpoſe is not to explicate them, nor yet to produce large explications of the godlie lerned Fathers, but rather fewer and briffer notes then hertofore▪ and for the reſt we remitte the more lerned and ſtudious readers, according to their capacities, to ſearch the ſame, in the commentaries of ancient and late Expoſiters: wishing others to content themſelues, with the more eaſie partes of holie Scriptures, and other godlie bookes, and daylie instructions of ſpiritual teachers. And ſuch as do alſo read theſe, may obſerue with vs, theſe (amongſt other) ſpecial cauſes of the hardnes of the Prophetes. One cauſe is [Margin: Suddaine tranſition from one thing to an other.] the frequent interruption of ſentences, with ſuddaine change from one perſon, or matter to an other, without apparent coherence. Which S. Ierom noteth in ſundrie places. As I ſaie. 7. after that the Prophet hath ſeuerely [Margin: S. Ierom. i⟨illegible⟩c. 2. & 3 Nahum] reprehended king Achab, for his diſtruſt of Gods aſſiſtance againſt his temporal enimies (v. 13.) in the next wordes he prophecieth, that a Virgin shal conceiue, and beare a ſonne, Chriſt our Sauiour, and the like in other places. An other cauſe is, that the Prophetes ſpeake thinges of ſome [Margin: That which is ſpoken of certaine perſons is ment of others] [Margin: S. Chryſ. ⟨illegible⟩o. 8. i⟨illegible⟩ ⟨illegible⟩ath. 2.] perſons, which are to be fulfilled in others, either of their progenie, or prefigured by them. As the prophecie of the Iewes and Gentiles, compriſed in the historie of Eſau & Iacob. Likewiſe that which Iacob prophecied (Gen. 49.) of Simeon an Leui, not fulfilled in themſelues but in the Scribes, and Prieſtes deſcending of their ſtock. Alſo much of that which Dauid ſemeth to ſpeake of [Margin: S. Aug. d⟨illegible⟩catech. ⟨illegible⟩ibus. c. 3.] Salomon, Pſal. 88. can only be vnderſtod of Chriſt. Other examples wil [Margin: Prophecies are often vttered in figuratiue ſpeaches▪ Some conſiſt in thinges done, others are mixt with hiſtories, and temporal thinges with ſpiritual.] occurre in the Prophetes enſuing. Briefly, for we can not here expreſſe al the cauſes in few wordes, prophecies are often times vttered in figuratiue ſpeaches, and often not in wordes, but in factes; other times ſo mixed with [Margin: Et cont. Mend. c. 1⟨illegible⟩.] hiſtories, and temporal thinges with ſpiritual, againe ſome thinges perteyning to the old Teſtament, ſo ioyned with myſteries of the new, and the like, that moſt hard it is to diſcerne, nay not poſſible without ſpecial reuelation, or instruction of others to know, to what purpoſe or thing euerie part perteyneth, [Margin: ⟨illegible⟩ym. in P⟨illegible⟩al. 1⟨illegible⟩7.] or is to be applied: for ſome thinges are ſpoken only of the hiſtorie, ſome thinges of miſteries, manie thinges of both. And the reaſon why the Holie Ghoſt doth ſo vtter theſe prophecies is noted by S. Ierom (in Nahum. 3.) that [Margin: VVhy God would haue them obſcure.] the proud and malicious enimies of Religion may not vnderſtand them: leſt (ſayth he) a holie thing should be geuen to dogges, pearles caſt to ſwine, moſt ſacred myſteries laide oppen before prophane perſons. S. Gregorie alſo alleageth an other reaſon (ho. 17. in Ezech.) that occaſion of humilitie may be geuen vs by thoſe thinges, which are hidden in holie Scriptures. And increaſe alſo of merite by beleuing more then we vnderſtand, becauſe faith hath not merite, where reaſon geueth experiment.

THE ARGVMENT OF THE PROPHECIE OF ISAIE.

ISaie the ſonne of A⟨illegible⟩os, and nephew (as S. Ierom inſinuateth) to king [Margin: Iſai of noble lineage and a mar⟨illegible⟩i⟨illegible⟩ prophecied a long time.] [Margin: Preſat. ad Paul. & Luſto.] Amaſias, prophecied in the times of Oſias, Ioathan, Achaz, Ezechias, and in the beginning of Manaſſes, Kinges of Iuda; in al aboue three ſcore yeares and was cruelly put to death, ſawed into partes by commandment of Manaſſes. He is commonly called the Euangelical Prophet, for his ample [Margin: Is called the Euangelical Prophet. Hewritte in a high ſtile] [Margin: S. Ie⟨illegible⟩o. Epiſt. ad Pa⟨illegible⟩. Et in com Iſa⟨illegible⟩. S. Aug. ⟨illegible⟩. 18. c. 27. ⟨illegible⟩u⟨illegible⟩t. & lib 9 c. ⟨illegible⟩. con⟨illegible⟩. Heb. 1.] and particular ſpeaches of Chriſt, more large and more plaine then in a⟨illegible⟩e other of the old Prophetes. His ſtile is high and eloquent, according to his liberal education being of the royal bloud. For ſo it pleaſeth the Holie Ghoſt, to vtter his diuine prophecies diuerſly according to the qualities, and conditions of the perſons, by whom he ſpeaketh: by Iſaie in a loftie, and by Amos in a meane ſtile: as a muſitian ſoundeth the ſame ſongue, by a ſimple pipe, & by a corne⟨illegible⟩, trumpet or other muſical inſtrument. Which S. Paul alſo witneſſeth, ſaying, Diuerſly and by diuers meanes, God ſpake to the fathers in the Prophetes. Iſaie therfore conuerſing in the kingdom of Iuda, [Margin: Liued in the kingdom of Iuda.] eſpecially in the Emperial and Metropolitan citie of Ieruſalem, preached & prophecied manie thinges perteyning to the Tribes of Iuda and Beniamin, as alſo to the tribe of Leui. Which after the ſchiſme of Ieroboam, repayred in maner al to the kingdom of Iuda, where God was rightly ſerued. He prophecied alſo of the tenne Tribes, the kingdom of Iſrael: & of the future captiuities of them both, and of the reduction of Iuda. Alſo he prophecied of other nations, and peoples, with whom the Iewes had either emnitie, or freindlie conuerſation: and of al the world. But most eſpecially of the coming of Chriſt, to redeme, and deliuer mankind from captiuitie of ſinne.

The whole prophecie conteyneth two general partes. Firſt more principally [Margin: The contents, diuided into two general partes▪ and into eight particular.] the Prophet admonisheth, and threatneth the people, that they shal be punished for their manifold ſinnes. in the 39. former chapters. In the other 27. he comforteth them, ſignifying that God of his mercie, wil after chatiſment, & their repentance, deliuer them from their aduerſaries. Yet ſo that ech part participateth of the principal contents with the other. More particularly the whole booke may be diuided into eight partes. In the twelue firſt chapters, the [Margin: 1.] Prophet admonisheth alſortes in the kingdom of Iuda, of their ingratitude towards God, with manie other ſinnes and of iust punishment, but mixt with conſolation of Gods mercie, and thankſegeuing for the ſame. In eleuen [Margin: 2.] chapters folowing, he directeth his ſpeach to other Nations, aduerſaries to the Iewes. In foure more he extendeth his admonitions to al the world, ſtil intermixing [Margin: 3.] ſome conſolations. In other foure he reprehendeth both the [Margin: 4.] kingdoms, of Iſrael and Iuda, for ſeeking helpe of strange nations. In the [Margin: 5.] next eight chapters he prophecieth of diuers dangers imminēt to the kingdom of Iuda, of their captiuitie in Babylon, of Gods benignitie deliuering them, & [Margin: 6.] very much in euerie part of Chriſt, and his Church. Then in fiue chapters he prophecieth very particularly of the comfortable deliuerie from ſinne by Chriſt. In other foure from temporal captiuitie by Cyrus King of Aſſirians. [Margin: 7.] And finally in the laſt eightene chapters, he prophecieth largely of the perfect [Margin: 8.] deliuerie by Chriſt, conuerſion of al Nations, reiection of the Iewes, til nere the end of the world, when they shal alſo returne to Chriſt.

THE PROPHECIE OF ISAIE

Chapter 1

CHAP. I. Iſaie prophecying in the dayes of foure kinges of Iuda, 2. admonisheth both [Margin: The firſt part. The kingdom of Iuda shal be captiue in Babylon, for their ingratitude towards Gods, and other ſinnes.] princes and people of their ingratitude, and other ſinnes againſt God. 7. for which they shal be led captiue. 11. Neither shal ſacrifices, nor prayers ſaue them, 16. except they cleanſe their ſoules from ſinnes. 20. which they not doing shal be ſeuerely punished. 26. Wherby the reliques shal be purged, and the Church shal flourish.

1 THE viſion of Iſaie the ſonne of [::] Amos, which he ſawe concerning Iuda and Ieruſalem in the dayes of Ozias, Ioathan, Achaz, and Ezechias kinges of Iuda.

2 Heare ye heauens, & geue eare ô earth, becauſe our Lord hath ſpoken. I haue brought vp children, and exalted them: but they haue deſpiſed me.

3 The oxe hath knowen his owner, and the aſſe his maſters crib: but Iſrael hath not knowen me, and my people hath not vnderſtood.

4 Woe to the ſinful nation, the people loden with greeuous iniquitie, the wicked ſeede, vngracious children: they haue forſaken our Lord, they haue blaſphemed the holie one of Iſrael, they are reuolted backewards.

5 For what shal I ſtrike you anie more, which adde preuarication? [::] euerie head is ſicke, & euerie hart in heauines.

6 From the ſole of the foote vnto the toppe of the head, there is no health therein: wound, and wayle, and ſwelling ſtroke: it is not bound vp, nor cured with medicine, nor mollified with oile.

7 Your land is deſolate, your cities burnt with fire: your countrie ſtrangers deuoure before your face, and it shal be made deſolate as in the ſpoile of enemies.

8 And [::] the daughter of Sion shal be left as a vineyard, and as a cottage in a place of cucumbers, and as a citie that is waſted.

9 [::] Vnleſſe the Lord of hoſtes had lefte vs ſeed, we had beene as Sodom, and we should be like to Gomorrha.

10 Heare the word of our Lord ye princes of Sodom, geue eare to the law of our God ye people of Gomorrha.

11 To what purpoſe do you offer me the multitude of your victimes, ſaith our Lord? I am ful▪ the holocauſt oframmes, and the fatte of fatlings, and the bloud of calues, and lambes, and buck goates I haue not deſired.

12 When you should haue come before my ſight, who ſought for theſe thinges at your handes, that you should walke in my courtes?

13 Offer ſacrifice no more in vaine: incenſe is abomination to me. The Newe moone, and the Sabbath, and other ſeſtiuities I wil not abide, your aſſemblies are wicked.

14 My ſoule hateth your Calendes, and your ſolemnities: they are become tedious to me, I haue laboured in ſuſteyning.

15 And when you shal ſtreach forth your hands, I wil turne away mine eies from you: & when you shal multiplie prayer, I wil not heare: for your handes are ful of bloud▪

16 Wash you, be cleane, take away the euil of your cogitations from mine eies: ceaſe to doe peruerſely.

17 Lerne to doe good: ſeeke iudgement, ſuccour the oppreſſed, iudge for the pupil, defend the widow.

18 And come, and accuſe me, ſayth our Lord: if your ſinnes shal be as ſcarlet, they shal be made white as ſnow: and if they be red as vermelon, they shal be white as wooll.

19 If you be willing, and wil heare me, you shal eate the good thinges of the earth.

20 But if you wil not, and wil prouoke me to wrath: the ſword shal deuoure you, becauſe the mouth of our Lord hath ſpoken.

21 How is the faythful citie, ful of iudgement, [::] become an harlot? iuſtice hath dwelled in it, but now mankillers.

22 Thy ſiluer is turned into droſſe: thy wine is mingled with water.

23 Thy princes are vnfaithful, companions of theues: al loue giftes, folow rewardes. They iudge not for the pupil: and the widowes cauſe goeth not in to them.

24 For this cauſe ſayth our Lord the God of hoſtes the mightie one of Iſrael: Alas, I wil comfort myſelfe vpon mine aduerſaries: and wil be reuenged of mine enemies.

25 And I wil turne mine hand to thee, and I wil boyle out thy droſſe til it be pure, & wil take away al thy tinne.

26 And I wil reſtore [::] thy iudges as they haue beene before, and thy counſelers as of old. After theſe thinges thou shalt be called the iuſt, a faithful citie.

27 Sion shal be redemed in iudgement, and they shal bring her backe in iuſtice.

28 And he shal deſtroy the wicked, and the ſinners together: and they that haue forſaken our Lord, shal be conſumed.

29 For they shal be confounded for the idols, to which they haue ſacrificed: and you shal be ashamed of the gardens, which you choſe.

30 When you shal be as an oke the leaues falling of, and as a garden without water.

31 And your ſtrength shal be, as the iſles of to we, and your worke as a ſparke: and both shal be ſet on fire together, and there shal be none to quench it.

Marginal notes to Chapter 1

  • 1 [::] Not A⟨illegible⟩s the third of the leſſe prophetes, for this name is written in other letters in Hebrew: but one of the royal bloud as S. Ierom. teſtifieth.
  • 5 [::] Prince, Prieſt, and people are al ſicke of ingratitude againſt God & other iniquities.
  • 8 [::] Ieruſalem defaced and deſtroyed.
  • 9 [::] God continually preſerueth ſome holie ſeede, that his Church neuer faileth.
  • 9 Rom. 9.
  • 21 [::] Much wickednes reigned in Ieruſalem before their captiuitie in Babylon: but much more at Chriſts paſſion, when they perſecuted him euen to the Croſſe: and his diſciples, and al chriſtians, til their citie was taken by the Romanes and the whole nation diſperſed.
  • 26 [::] The Rabbins vnderſtand thoſe Iudges and Prieſtes that gouerned the people after their deliuerie from captiuitie: but S. Ierom expoundeth this and the like places of the Apoſtles, and their ſucceſſ⟨illegible⟩s.

Chapter 2

CHAP. II. Al nations shal come to the Church of Chriſt; which shal beginne in Ieruſalem. 6. And the Iewes shal be reiected for their idolatrie, auarice, and other ſinnes. 11. Proud men shal be humbled, & Gods glorie shal increaſe, 18. Idolatrie shal be deſtroyed.

1 THE word, that Iſaie the ſonne of Amos ſaw vpon Iuda and Ieruſalem.

2 And in [::] the later dayes the montaine of the houſe of our Lord shal be prepared, in the toppe of montaines, and it shal be eleuated aboue the little hilles: and al nations shal flowe vnto it.

3 And manie peoples shal goe, & shal ſay, come and let vs goe vp to the mount of our Lord, and to the houſe of the God of Iacob, and he wil teach vs his wayes, and we shal walke in his pathes: becauſe the law shal come forth from Sion, and the word of our Lord from Ieruſalem.

4 And he shal iudge the Gentiles, and rebuke manie peoples: and they shal turne their ſwordes into culters, and their ſpeares into ſiethes: nation shal not lift vp ſword againſt nation, neither shal they be exerciſed any more to battel.

5 Houſe of Iacob come ye, and let vs walke in the light of our Lord.

6 For thou haſt [::] reiected thy people, the houſe of Iacob: becauſe they are filled as in times paſt, and haue had ſouthſayers as the Philiſthijms, and haue ſtucke faſt to ſtrange children.

7 The land is replenished with ſiluer and gold: and there is no end of their treaſures.

8 And their land is replenished with horſes: and their chariotes are innumerable. And their land is ful of idoles: they haue adored the worke of their handes, which their fingers made.

9 And man bowed himſelf, and man was humbled: therfore forgeue them not.

10 Enter thou into the rocke, and be hid in a pitte, in the ground from the face of the feare of our Lord, & from the glorie of his maieſtie.

11 The loftie eies of man are humbled, and the height of men shal be made to ſtoupe: & our Lord onlie shal be exalted in that day.

12 Becauſe the day of the Lord of hoſtes shal be vpon al the proude and loftie, and vpon euerie one that is arrogant, and he shal be humbled.

13 And vpon al the ceders of Libanus high, & eleuated, & vpon al the okes of Baſan.

14 And vpon al the high mountaines, and vpon al little hilles eleuated.

15 And vpon euerie high towre, and euerie fenſed wal.

16 And vpon al the shippes of Tharſis, and vpon al, that is fayre to behold.

17 And the loftines of men shal be bowed, and the height of men shal be humbled, and our Lord onlie shal be exaited in that day.

18 And idols shal [::] vtterly be deſtroyed.

19 And they shal enter into the caues of rockes, and into the pittes of the earth from the face of the feare of our Lord, and from the glorie of his maieſtie, when he shal riſe vp to ſtrike the earth.

20 In that day shal a man caſtaway the idols of his ſiluer, and the idols of his gold, which he had made him to adore, mowles and battes.

21 And he shal goe into the clefts of rockes, and into the caues of ſtones from the face of the feare of our Lord, and from the glorie of his maieſtie, when he shal riſe vp to ſtrike the earth.

22 Ceaſe therfore from the man, whoſe ſpirit is in his noſthrels, becauſe he is reputed high.

Marginal notes to Chapter 2

  • 2 [::] It is not only certaine, but alſo euident that the prophet ſpeaketh here, and in innumerable other places, of the Church of Chriſt, which is the citie ſet vpon a mountaine. Mat 5. vnto which al nations are gathered, a⟨illegible⟩d al the time of the new Teſtament is called the laſt houre, 1. Ioan. 2. becauſe no time shal folow after this, but al eternitie.
  • 6 [::] The Iewes were reiected after Chriſts death: before which they were ſtil conſerued: though often ſeuerely punished. And ſo now the Church of Chriſt ſhal neuer be reiected, no⟨illegible⟩
  • 18 [::] It is moſt abſurde, and contrarie to this and other Scriptures, that Proteſtants ſeyne of great idolatrie in the Chriſtian world, for a thouſand or more yeares together, profeſſing Chriſts name & Religion, and yet continually committing (as theſe new maſters imagine) groſſe idolatrie.

Chapter 3

CHAP. III. The Iewes shal be depriued of wiſe men, 4. and be ſubiect to childish, and effeminate gouerners, 8. for their greuous ſinnes. 16. The proud, curious, and laſciuious attyre of their wemen, 24. shal be turned into ignominie, and ſorow.

1 FOR behold the dominatour the Lord of hoſtes [::] shal take away from Ieruſalem, and from Iuda the valiant and the ſtrong, al ſtrength of bread, and al ſtrength of water.

2 The ſtrong, and the man of warre, the iudge, and the prophete, and ſouthſayer, and the ancient.

3 The prince ouer fiftie, and the honorable of countenance, and the counſeler, and the wiſe of workemaſters, and the skilful of myſtical ſpeach.

4 And I wil geue children to be their princes, and the effeminate shal rule ouer them.

5 And the people shal rush violently, man againſt man, and euerie one againſt his neighbour: the childe shal make tumult againſt the ancient, and the baſe againſt the noble.

6 For a man shal take hold of his brother, one of the houſe of his father: Thou haſt a garment, be thou our prince, and let this ruine be vnder thy hand.

7 He shal anſwer in that day, ſaying: I am no phyſicion, & in my houſe there is no bread, nor garment: do not appoint me prince of the people.

8 For Ieruſalem is gone to ruine, and Iuda is fallen: becauſe their tongue, & their inuentions were againſt our Lord, to prouoke the eyes of his maieſtie.

9 The knowlege of their face hath anſwered them: and they haue proclaimed their ſinne as Sodom, neither haue they hid it: woe to their ſoule, becauſe euils are rendered to them.

10 Say to the iuſt that it is wel, becauſe he shal eate the fruite of his inuentions.

11 Woe to the impious vnto euil: for the reward of his handes shal be made to him.

12 My people their exactours haue ſpoyled, & wemen haue ruled ouer them. My people, [::] they that cal thee bleſſed, the ſame deceiue thee, and diſſipate the way of thy ſteppes.

13 Our Lord ſtandeth to iudge, and he ſtandeth to iudge peoples.

14 Our Lord shal come to iudgement with the ancients of his people, and his princes: for you haue deuoured the vineyard, and the ſpoile of the poore is in your houſe.

15 Why do you conſume my people, and grinde the faces of the poore, ſayth our Lord the God of hoſtes?

16 And our Lord ſayd: for that [::] the daughters of Sion are haughtie, and haue walked with ſtretched out necke, and went with twinglings of eies, and clapped their handes, walked on their feete, and ietted in a ſet pace.

17 Our Lord shal make balde the crowne of the daughters of Sion, and our Lord shal diſcouer their haire.

18 In that day shal our Lord take away the ornament of shoes, and litle moones.

19 And cheynes, and ouches, and bracelettes, and bonnettes.

20 And the sheading combes, and ſloppes, and tablettes, and ſweete balles, and earlets.

21 And ringes, and pearles hanging on the forehead.

22 And changes of apparel, and shorte clokes, and the fine linen, and nedles,

23 and loking glaſſes, and launes, and headbands, and bonegraces.

24 And for ſwete ſauour there shal be ſtinke, and for a girdle a corde, and for friſled haire baldnes, and for ſtomacher hairecloth.

25 Thy fayreſt men alſo shal fal by the ſworde, and thy ſtrong ones in battle.

26 And her gates shal lament and moorne, and she shal ſit deſolate on the ground.

Marginal notes to Chapter 3

  • 1 [::] This was fulfilled firſt in the captiuitie of Babylon and more notoriouſly after Chriſts paſſion, in the deſtruction of Ieruſalem, and diſperſion of the Iewes: euen to this day: and yet forward, til nere the end of this world.
  • 12 [::] An Eccleſiaſtical preacher muſt not flatter the people. He muſt moue teares (ſayth S. Ierom) not laughter.
  • 14 Apoc. 1.
  • 16 [::] By the metaphor of wemen, S. Ierom vnderſtandeth the cities of Iurie, of which Ieruſalem was the head, and Sion the chiefe place there of, al which were defaced, by the Babylonians, but more fully deſtroyed by Titus and Veſpatian, fourtie yeares after Chriſts Paſſion.

Chapter 4

CHAP. IIII. After the deſtruction of the Iewes, manie wemen shal ſeeke to marie with one man, 2. but the reliques, repenting of their ſinnes, shal returne to God, 5. and florish vnder his protection.

1 AND [::] ſeuen wemen shal take hold of one man in that day, ſaying: We wil eate our owne bread, and be couered with our garments: only let thy name be called vpon vs, take away our reproch.

2 In that day the bud of our Lord shal be in magnificence, and glorie, and the fruite of the earth high, and exultation to them, that shal be ſaued of Iſrael.

3 And it shal be: Euerie one that shal be leaft in Sion, and [::] shal remaine in Ieruſalem, shal be called holie, euerie one that is written in life in Ieruſalem.

4 If our Lord shal cleanſe the filth of the daughters of Sion, and shal wash the bloud of Ieruſalem out of the middes thereof in the ſpirit of iudgement, and ſpirit of heate.

5 And our Lord shal create vpon euerie place of mount Sion, and where he is inuocated, a clowde by day, and ſmoke, and the brightnes of flaming fyre in the night: for vpon al glorie protection.

6 And there shal be a tabernacle for a place of shadow in the day from the heate, and for ſecuritie, and couert from the whyrle wind, and from rayne.

Marginal notes to Chapter 4

  • 1 [::] After the reduction of heathniſh or heretical people to catholique religion, there wil be great want of ſpiritual paſtors.
  • 3 [::] Not al the Iewes that eſcaped temporal death in the deſtruction of Ieruſalem, but thoſe only shal be eternally ſaued, that beleuing ſhal be baptized and liue wel.

Chapter 5

CHAP. V. Vnder the figure of a barren vineyard, is prophecied the reiection of the Iewes, 7. for their ſinnes of auarice, 11. intemperance, & other wickednes, 18. one iniquitie drawing an other, 20. iudging good to be euil, and euil good. 25. for which the Gentiles of diuers nations shal afflict them.

1 I wil ſing to my beloued [::] the canticle of my coſin concerning his vinyard. A vineyard was made to my beloued in horne the ſonne of oile.

2 And he hedged it, and choſe ſtones out of it, and planted it elect, and built a towre in the middes thereof, and ſet vp a preſſe therein: and looked that it should yeld grapes, and it yelded wilde grapes.

3 Now therfore ye inhabitants of Ieruſalem, and men of Iuda, iudge betwen me and my vineyard.

4 What is there that I ought to doe more to my vineyard, and haue not done to it? Whether that I looked, it should yeld grapes, and it hath yelded wilde grapes?

5 And now I wil shew you what I wil doe to my vineyard. [::] I wil take away the hedge therof, and it shal be into ſpoile: I wil throw downe the wal thereof, and it shal be to be troden vpon.

6 And I wil lay it waiſt: it shal not be pruned, and it shal not be digged: and bryers and thornes shal ouergrowe it: and I wil command the cloudes that they rayne no shower vpon it.

7 For the vineyarde of the Lord of hoſtes, is the houſe of Iſrael: and the man of Iuda, his delectable bud: & I looked that it should doe iudgement, and behold iniquitie: and iuſtice, and behold clamour.

8 Woe to you that ioyne houſe to houſe, and lay filde to filde, euen to the end of the place: why shal you alone dwel in the middes of the earth?

9 Theſe thinges are in my eares, ſayth the Lord of hoſtes: vnles manie great and fayre houſes become deſolate, without an inhabiter.

10 For ten acres of the vineyards shal yeld one litle flagon, and thirtie busheles of ſeede shal yeld three busheles.

11 Woe to you that riſe vp earely to folow drunkennes, and to drinke euen vntil euening, that you may be inflamed with wine.

12 Harpe, and viole, & timbrel, and shalme, and wine in your feaſtes: and [::] the worke of our Lord you regard not, nor conſider the workes of his handes.

13 Therfore is my people led away captiue, becauſe they had not knowlege, and their nobles died with famine, and the multitude thereof dried away with thirſt.

14 Therfore hath hel dilated his ſoule, and opened his mouth without anie limite, and their ſtrong ones, and their people, and their high and glorious ones shal deſcend into it.

15 And man shal be bowed, and man shal be humbled, and the eies of the loftie shal be brought law.

16 And the Lord of hoſtes shal be exalted in iudgement, and the holie God shal be ſanctified in iuſtice.

17 And the lambes shal feede according to their order, and ſtrangers shal eate the deſerts turned into frutefulnes.

18 Woe to you that draw iniquitie in cordes of vanitie, & ſinne as the linke of a wayne.

19 Which ſay: let him make haſt, & let his worke come quickly, that we may ſee it: & let the counſel of the holie one of Iſrael come, and we shal know it.

20 Woe vnto you that cal euil good, and good euil: putting darknes light, and light darknes: putting bitter for ſwete, & ſwete for bitter.

21 Woe to you that are wiſe in your owne eies, and prudent before yourſelues.

22 Woe to you that are mightie to drinke wine, & ſtout men in drunkennes.

23 Which iuſtifie the impious for giftes, and take away the iuſtice of the iuſt from them.

24 For this, euen as the tongue of fire deuoureth ſtuble, and the heate of the flame burneth it vp: ſo shal their roote be as iſles, and their bud shal riſe vp as duſt, for they haue caſt away the law of the Lord of hoſtes, and haue blaſphemed the word of the holie one of Iſrael.

25 Therfore is the furie of our Lord wrath againſt his people, and he hath ſtretched out his hand vpon them, and ſtriken them: and the mountaines were trubled, and their carcaſſes were made as dung in the middes of the ſtreates. In al theſe thinges his furie is not turned away, [::] but yet is his hand ſtretched forth.

26 And he shal lift vp a ſigne in the nations a farre, and shal whiſtle to him of the ends of the earth: and behold he shal come in haſt ſpedely.

27 There is none that faynteth, nor that laboreth in them, he wil not ſlumber, nor ſleepe, neither shal the girdle of his reines be looſed, neither shal the latchet of his shoe be broken.

28 His arrowes sharpe, and al his bowes bent. The hoofes of his horſes as the flint, & his wheeles as the violence of a tempeſt.

29 His roaring as a lions, he shal roare as lions whelpes: and he wil gnash, and hold the praye, and claſpe it, and there shal be none to plucke it away.

30 And it shal ſound vpon him in that day, as the ſound of the ſea: we shal looke towards the earth, and behold darkenes of tribulation, and the light is darkened in the miſt therof.

Marginal notes to Chapter 5

  • 1 [::] Iſaie of the tribe of Iuda here prophecieth the doleful ſongue which Chriſt vttered weeping ouer Ieruſalem, fore ſeeing & foretelling their deſtruction. Luc. 19. v. 41.
  • 1 Mat. 21.
  • 5 [::] Al this ſheweth that God only ſubtracting his protection, no man nor people is able to ſtand; of whoſe ruine God is not the auctor, but only permitteth that they fal into ſinnes, and ſo into other miſeries.
  • 12 [::] An admonition to celebrate feſtiual dayes with ⟨illegible⟩oly religious exerciſes, and not to folow drunkennes nor other wicked or vaine thinges.
  • 21 Rom. 12.
  • 25 [::] Greuous ſinnes muſt be greuouſly puniſhed. Such as was the ſinne of the Ievves perſecuting Chriſt.

Chapter 6

CHAP. VI. The prophet after a glorious viſion, 5. lamenteth his former ſilence; 6. his lippes being purified by an Angel, with a hote coal, 8. he is willingly ſent & ſo prophecieth that the peoples hart wil be hardned; their cities shal be deſtroyed, but good reliques shal be conſerued.

1 IN the yeare that king Ozias died, I ſaw our Lord ſitting vpon an high throne and eleuated: and thoſe thinges that were vnder him filled the temple.

2 Seraphims ſtoode vpon the ſame: ſix winges to one, and ſix winges to the other: with two [::] they couered his face, and with two they couered his feete, and with two they flewe.

3 And they cried one to an other, and ſayd: Holie, holie, holie, the Lord God of hoſtes, al the earth is ful of his glorie.

4 And the lintels of the dores were moued at the voice of him that cried, and the houſe was filled with ſmoke.

5 And I ſaid: Woe is me becauſe I haue held my peace, becauſe I am a man of polluted lippes, and I dwel in the middes of a people that hath polluted lippes, and the king the Lord of hoſtes I haue ſene with mine eies.

6 And one of the Seraphims flewe to me, and in his hand an hote cole, which he had taken with tonges from the altar.

7 And he touched my mouth, and ſaid: Behold this hath touched thy lippes, and thine iniquitie shal be taken away, & thy ſinne shal be cleanſed.

8 And I heard the voice of our Lord ſaying: Whom [::] shal I ſend? and who shal goe for vs? And I ſayd: Loe I am here, ſend me.

9 And he ſayd: Goe, and thou shalt ſay to this people: Heare ye that heare, and vnderſtand not: and ſee viſion, and knowe it not.

10 Blinde the hart of this people, and make their eares heauie, and shut their eies: leſt perhaps they may ſee with their eies, and heare with their eares, and vnderſtand with their hart, and be conuerted and I heale them.

11 And I ſaid: How long Lord? And he ſaid: Vntil the cities be made deſolate without inhabiter, and the houſes without man, and the land shal be lea⟨illegible⟩t deſert.

12 And our Lord shal make men goe farre of, and he shal be multiplied that was leaft in the middes of the earth.

13 And yet there shal be tithing in it, and she shal be conuerted, and shal be to the shew as a terebinth, and as an oke, that ſpreadeth his boughes: that which shal ſtand in it, shal be an holie ſeede.

Marginal notes to Chapter 6

  • 1 4. Reg. 15 2. Par. 26
  • 2 [::] Neither Iſaie, nor Moyſes, nor anie other mortal man did euer ſee God in himſelfe but only ſhadowed. Yet the wicked calumniouſly accuſed, condemned, and put Iſaie to cruel death, vpon pretence of blaſphemie, for ſaying that he ſaw God. VVhich he otherwiſe ſaid not, but couered by the vvinges of the Seraphimes. Origen in hunc locum. & S. Ierom. Tradi. Hebraicis in Paral.
  • 3 Apoc. 4.
  • 4 Rom. 1⟨illegible⟩.
  • 8 [::] Iſaie was not only an Euangelical but alſo an Apoſtolical prophet, with whom God here treateth and procedeth, as with an Apoſtle, ſaying: VVhom shal I ſend? and the prophet anſwering: Send me. God ſent him, ſaying: Goe. &c. S. Ierom in Pro⟨illegible⟩mio Iſais.
  • 10 Mat. 23.

Chapter 7

CHAP. VII. Ieruſalem being beſeeged, 3. the prophet telleth the king, that the enemies shal not preuaile (8. but the kingdome of Iſrael shal be deſtroyed) 10. geueth for a ſigne that a Virgin shal conceiue and bare a Sonne. 17. prophecieth alſo the captiuitie, and deſolation of the kingdom of Iuda.

1 AND it came to paſſe [::] in the dayes of Achaz the ſonne of Ioathan, the ſonne of Ozias king of Iuda, there came vp Raſin the king of Syria, and Phacee the ſonne of Romelia the king of Iſrael to Ieruſalem, to fight againſt it: and they could not ouercome it.

2 And they told the houſe of Dauid, ſaying: Syria hath reſted vpon Ephraim, & his hart was moued, and the hart of his people, as the trees of the wooddes are moued at the face of the winde.

3 And our Lord ſayd to Iſaie: Goe forth to meete Achaz, thou, and Iaſub thy ſonne that is leaft, to the conduite of the vpper poole, in the way of the Fullers filde.

4 And thou shalt ſay to him: See thou be ſtil: feare not, and let not thine hart be afrayd of the two tailes of theſe ſmoking fyrebrands, in the wrath of the furie of Raſin the king of Syria, and of the ſonne of Romelia.

5 For that Syria hath taken counſel againſt thee, vnto the euil of Ephraim, and the ſonne of Romelia, ſaying:

6 Let vs goe vp to Iuda, and rayſe it vp, and plucke it a way to vs, and make the ſonne of Tabeel king in the middes therof.

7 Thus ſayth our Lord God: It shal not ſtand, & this shal not be.

8 But the head of Syria Damaſcus, & the head of Damaſcus Raſin: and yet threeſcore and fiue yeares, and Ephraim shal ceaſe to be a people:

9 And the head of Ephraim Samaria, and the head of Samaria the ſonne of Romelia. If you wil not beleue, you shal not be permanent.

10 And our Lord added to ſpeake to Achaz, ſaying:

11 Aske a ſigne for thee of the Lord thy God vnto the depth of hel, or vnto the height aboue.

12 And Achaz ſaid: I wil not aske, and [::] I wil not tempte our Lord.

13 And he ſaid: Heare ye therfore ô houſe of Dauid: Is it a ſmal thing for you, to be greuous to men, that you are greuous to my God alſo?

14 Therfore shal our Lord himſelfe [::] geue you a ſigne. Behold a virgin shal conceiue, and beare a ſonne, & his name shal be called Emmanuel.

15 He shal eate butter and honie, that he may know to refuſe euil, and chooſe the good.

16 For before the childe know to refuſe euil, and chooſe good, the land which thou doeſt deteſt shal be forſaken of the face of her two kinges.

17 Our Lord wil bring vpon thee, & vpon thy people, and vpon the houſe of thy father, daies that came not ſince the daies of the ſeparation of Ephraim from Iuda, with the king of the Aſſirians.

18 And it shal be in that day: our Lord shal hiſſe to the flie, that is in the vtter moſt part of the riuers of Aegypt, and to the bee, that is in the land of Aſſur.

19 And they shal come, and shal reſt al in the torrentes of valleis, and in the caues of rockes, and in al shrubbe places, and in al holes.

20 In that day our Lord shal shaue with a raſer, hyred by them, that are beyond the riuer, by the king of the Aſſirians, the head, and the haires of the feete, and the whole beard.

21 And it shal be in that day: a man shal nourish a young cowe, and two ewes.

22 And for the abundance of milke he shal eate butter: for butter and honie shal euerie one eate, that shal be leaft in the middes of the land.

23 And it shal be in that day: euerie place where there shal be a thouſand vines, for a thouſand peeces of ſiluer, they shal be into thornes and bryers.

24 With arrowes and bow they shal goe in thither: for bryers and thornes shal be in al the land.

25 And al mountaines, that shal be weeded with a weeding hooke, the terrour of thornes and bryers shal not come thither, and it shal be for the oxe to feede on, and cattle to treade vpon.

Marginal notes to Chapter 7

  • 1 [::] Before this, the kinges of Syria and of Iſrael had taken king Achaz in battel and caried avvay great ſpoyles, 2. Paral. 28. But preſuming, to do the like againe, God ſuffered them not to preuaile. My ſtically this ſignified that heretikes of diuers ſectes conſpire together, to impugne the Catho like Church. VVhich they do much afflict, and terrifie, but can neuer ouerthrow i⟨illegible⟩ ▪ S. Ierom in hunc lo⟨illegible⟩.
  • 1 4. Reg. 16
  • 12 [::] Though Achaz vvas very vvicked and committed idolatrie, 4. Reg. 16. 2. Par. 28. yet he beleued in God Almightie, knovving that he ought not to tempt him.
  • 14 [::] Vpon occaſion of Gods mercie promiſed vvithout mans deſert, which king Achaz hardly beleued, to confirme the ſame with a farre greatter example, God inſpired the Prophet alſo to forſhevv the greater myſterie of Chriſts Incarnation, his conception & birth of a virgin, for the redemption of ⟨illegible⟩l mankind.
  • 15 Luc. 1.
  • 20 4. Reg. 19.

Chapter 8

CHAP. VIII. Vnder the figure of a new name, Chriſts birth of a virgin is againe prophecied. 4. but firſt the kingdomes of Syria, and Iſrael shal be deſtroyed: and Iuda ſore afflicted: 8. yet conſerued with loſſe of manie. 16. which is a myſterie hidden from the Iowes. 21. Great euils hang ouer them, that depart from the law.

1 AND our Lord ſayd to me: Take thee [::] a great booke, & write in it with the pen of man. Take away the ſpoiles ſpedely, quickly take prayes.

2 And I tooke to me faithful witneſſes, Vrias the prieſt, & Zacharias the ſonne of Barachias.

3 And I went to the propheteſſe, and she conceiued, and bare a ſonne. And our Lord ſayd to me: Cal his name, [::] Haſten to take away the ſpoiles: make haſt to take prayes.

4 For before the childe know to cal his father and his mother, the ſtrength of Damaſcus shal be taken away, and the ſpoiles of Samaria before the king of the Aſſirians.

5 And our Lord added yet to ſpeake vnto me, ſaying:

6 For that [::] this people hath caſt away the waters of Siloé, that runne with ſilence, and rather taken Raſin, and the ſonne of Romelia:

7 for this cauſe behold our Lord wil bring vpon them the waters of the riuer ſtrong and manie, the king of the Aſſirians, and al his glorie: and he wil aſcend ouer al their riuers, and wil flowe ouer al their bankes.

8 And wil goe through Iuda, ouerflowing, and paſſing through shal come euen to the necke. And the ſtretching out of his winges shal fil the bredth of thy land ô Emmanuel.

9 Gather ye together ô peoples, and be ouercome, and heare al ye landes far of: Take courege, and be ouercome, gird yourſelues, & be ouercome.

10 Take counſel and it shal be defeated: ſpeake a word, and it shal not be done: becauſe God is with vs.

11 For thus ſayth our Lord to me: As in a ſtrong arme he hath taught me, that I should not walke in the way of this people, ſaying:

12 Say not: Conſpiracie: for al thinges that this people ſpeaketh, is conſpiracie: and feare ye not their feare, neither dread ye.

13 The Lord of hoſtes him ſanctifie ye: be he your dread, and he your terrour.

14 And he shal be a ſanctification to you. But for a ſtone of offence, and for a rocke of ſcandal to the two houſes of Iſrael, for a ſnare and a ruine to the inhabitants of Ieruſalem.

15 And verie manie of them shal ſtumble and fal, and shal be broken in peeces, and shal be ſnared, and taken.

16 Binde the teſtimonie, ſeale the law in my diſciples.

17 And I wil expect our Lord, who hath hid his face from the houſe of Iacob, and I wil wayte for him.

18 Behold I and my children, whom our Lord hath geuen me for a ſigne, and for a wonder in Iſrael from the Lord of hoſtes, which dwelleth in mount Sion.

19 And when they shal ſay to you: Aske of Pythones, and of diuiners, which whiſper in their inchantments: shal not the people aske viſion of their God, for the liuing of the dead?

20 To the law rather, and to the teſtimonie. And if they ſpeake not according to this word, they shal not haue the morning light.

21 And he shal paſſe by it, shal fal, and be hungrie: and when he shal be hungrie, he wil be angrie, and curſe his king, and his God, and [::] wil looke vpwards.

22 And he wil looke [::] to the earth, and behold tribulation and darknes, diſſolution and diſtreſſe, and miſt perſecuting, and he can not flie away from his diſtreſſe.

Marginal notes to Chapter 8

  • 1 [::] The myſterie here prophocied is of ſo great importance, as would require a very great booke for ful explication therof.
  • 3 [::] Chriſt the Sonne of God and virgins child quickly taketh the pray from the diuel, who before poſſeſſed almoſt al the world.
  • 6 [::] The prophet ſpeaketh of the tenne tribes, vvhich ioyned forces with the king of Syria againſt Ieruſalem, but them ſelues vvere firſt brought into captiuity by the Aſſyrians, God protecting Ieruſalem for that time, and long after.
  • 14 Luc. 2. Rom. 9. 1. Pet. 2.
  • 21 [::] VVheter they ſeke to God in their extreme diſtreſſe, not ſincerely, but ⟨illegible⟩acted,
  • 22 [::] or ſeke worldlie helpe, they ſhal not eſcape miſerie.

Chapter 9

CHAP. IX. Theglath Phalaſar carieth ſome Iſraelites captiue, and Salman aſar manie more, in figure of a few diſciples conuerted to Chriſt in Gallilee, and al Iewrie, but manie more in the whole world. 7. Whoſe Impyre shal be great, and durable: 8. but the Iewes glorie, eſpecially of the tenne tribes, shal be obſcured, for their pride, hypochriſie, and other ſinnes.

1 AT [::] the firſt time was the land of Zabulon alleuiated: and the land of Nepthali: and at [::] the laſt was aggrauated the way of the ſea beyond Iordan of Galilee of the Gentiles.

2 The people that walked in darknes, hath ſene great light: to them that dwelt in the countrie of the shadow of death, light is riſen.

3 Thou haſt multiplied the nation, and not magnified the ioy. They shal reioyce before thee, as they that reioyce in harueſt, as conquerors reioyce after a pray is taken, when they diuide the ſpoiles.

4 For the yoke of their burden, and the rod of their shoulder, and the ſcepter of their exactour thou haſt ouercome, as in the day of Madian.

5 Becauſe al violent taking of pray with tumult, and garment mingled with bloud, shal be to be burnt, and foode for the fyre.

6 For [::] A LITLE CHILD IS BORNE TO VS, and a ſonne is geuen to vs, and principalitie is made vpon his shoulder: and his name shal be called, Meruelous, Counſeler, God, Strong, Father of the world to come, the Prince of peace.

7 His empire shal be multiplied, and there shal be no end of peace: he shal ſit vpon the throne of Dauid, and vpon his kingdom: that he may confirme it, and ſtrengthen it in iudgement and iuſtice, from this time & for euer: the zeale of the Lord of hoſtes shal doe this.

8 Our Lord hath ſent a word into Iacob, and it is fallen in Iſrael.

9 And al the people of Ephraim shal know, & the inhabitans of Samaria, ſaying in pride & greatnes of hart:

10 Brickes are fallen, but we wil build with ſquare ſtones: they haue cut downe ſycomores, but we wil change them into ceders.

11 And our Lord shal lifte vp the enemies of Raſin ouer him, and shal turne his enemies into tumult.

12 Syria from the Eaſt, and the Philiſthims from the Weſt: and they shal deuoure Iſrael with ful mouth. In al theſe thinges his [::] furie is not turned away, but his hand is yet ſtretched forth.

13 And the people is not returned to him, who hath ſtrooken them, and haue not ſought after the Lord of hoſtes.

14 And our Lord shal deſtroy from Iſrael the head & the tayle, the peruerter and reſtrayner in one day.

15 The aged and honorable, he is the head, & the prophet that teacheth a lie, he is the tayle.

16 And they that cal this people bleſſed, ſeducing them: and that are called bleſſed, shal be throwen headlong.

17 For this cauſe our Lord shal not reioyce vpon their yong men: and on their pupilles, and widowes he shal not haue mercie: becauſe euerie one is an hypocrite & wicked, and euerie mouth hath ſpoken follie. In al theſe thinges his furie is not turned away, but his hand is yet ſtretched forth.

18 For impietie is kindled as a fyre, it shal deuoure bryer and thorne: and it shal be kindled in the thicket of the foreſt, and it shal be wrapped vp together in the pride of ſmoke.

19 In the wrath of the Lord of hoſtes the earth is trubled, and the people shal be foode for the fyre: man shal not spare his brother.

20 And he shal decline to the right hand, and shal be hungrie: and shal eate on the left hand, and shal not be filled: euerie one shal eate the flesh of his arme: Manaſſes Ephraim, and Ephraim Manaſſes, they together againſt Iuda.

21 [::] In al theſe thinges his furie is not turned away, but his hand is yet ſtretched forth.

Marginal notes to Chapter 9

  • 1 [::] S. Mathew expoundeth this prophecie of Chriſt, firſt preaching in Galilee. VVhere his diſciples beleued in him & folowed him.
  • 1 Mat. 4.
  • 1 [::] But after his paſſion few Iewes beleued in him, in compariſon of the Gentiles.
  • 4 Iudic. 7.
  • 6 [::] He that is great, yea omnipotent God, is borne a litle one in this vvorld, and vvithout violence conquereth & ruleth al the vvorld.
  • 6 Luc. 2.
  • 12 [::] God puniſhing ſinners, and they not repenting, his iuſt furie ſtil increaſeth: puniſhing eternally al thoſe that neuer repent.
  • 21 [::] VVhere is no repentance, there can be no remiſſion. As v. 12. 17. & ch. 10. v. 4. &c.

Chapter 10

CHAP. X. Makers of wicked lawes are curſed. 3. For which the Iſraelites shal be afflicted by the Aſſirians. 5. The Aſſirians ouerthrowne by extraordinarie meanes ſent from God: 21. and the Iewes deliuered from imminent danger: with diuers myſteries of Chriſt intermixed.

1 VVOE to them that make [::] wicked lawes: and writing, haue written iniuſtice.

2 That they might oppreſſe the poore in iudgement, & doe violence to the cauſe of the humble of my people: that widowes might be their praye, and they might ſpoile pupilles.

3 What wil you doe in the day of viſitation, and of calamitie coming from farre? to whoſe helpe wil ye flee? and where wil ye leaue your glorie?

4 That you be not bowed vnder the bond, and fal with the ſlaine? In al theſe thinges his furie is not turned away, but his hand is yet ſtretched forth.

5 Woe to Aſſur, he is the rod of my furie, and the ſtaffe, myne indignation is in their handes.

6 I wil ſend him to [::] a deceitful nation, & I wil geue him commandment againſt the people of my furie, that he take away ſpoiles, and catche the praye, and put them to be troden vpon, as the mire of the ſtreates.

7 But he shal not ſo thinke, and his hart shal not eſteme it ſo: but his hart shal be ſet to deſtroy, and to the deſtruction of no few nations.

8 For he shal ſay:

9 Are not my princes with al kinges? Is not as Charcamis, ſo Calano: and as Arphad, ſo Emath? Is not as Damaſcus, ſo Samaria?

10 Euen as my hand hath found the kingdomes of the idol, ſo alſo their idols of Ieruſalem, & of Samaria.

11 Shal I not as I haue done to Samaria and her idols, ſo do to Ieruſalem and her idols?

12 And it shal be: when the Lord shal haue accomplished al his workes in mount Sion, and in Ieruſalem, I wil viſite ouer the fruite of the magnifical hart of the king of Aſſur, and ouer the glorie of the hautines of his eyes.

13 For he hath ſaid: In the ſtrength of mine owne hand haue I done it, and in mine owne wiſdome haue I vnderſtood: and I haue taken away the borders of peoples, and haue ſpoiled their princes, and haue pulled downe as a mightie man, them that ſate on high.

14 And my hand hath found the ſtrength of peoples as a neſt: and as egges be gathered, that are leaft, ſo haue I gathered together al the earth: and there was none that moued wing, and opened mouth, and once muttered.

15 Shal [::] the axe glorie againſt him, that cutteth with it? or shal the ſaw exalt itſelfe againſt him, by whom it is drawen? As if a rod should lift vp itſelf agaynſt him, that lifteth it vp, and a ſtaffe exalt itſelf which is certes but wood.

16 For this cauſe the Dominatour the Lord of hoſtes shal ſend leannes in his fat ones: and vnder his glorie shal burne as it were the burning of fyre kindled.

17 And the light of Iſrael shal be in fyre, and the Holie one therof in flame: and his thorne shal be kindled, and be deuoured, and the briars in one day.

18 And the glorie of his foreſt, and of his carmelus shal be conſumed, from the ſoule euen to the flesh, and he shal be a fugitiue for feare.

19 And the remaynes of the woode of his foreſt, for the fewnes shal be numbred, and a child shal write them.

20 And it shal be in that day, the reſidue of Iſrael, and they that shal eſcape of the houſe of Iacob, shal not adde to leane vpon him, that ſtriketh them: but they shal leane vpon our Lord the holie one of Iſrael in truth.

21 The remnant shal be conuerted, the remnant I ſay of Iacob, to the ſtrong God.

22 For if thy people ô Iſrael shal be as the ſand of the ſea, the remnant therof shal be conuerted, conſumnation abbridged shal make iuſtice ouerflow.

23 For our Lord the God of hoſtes shal make conſummation, and abbridgement in the middes of al the earth.

24 For this cauſe, thus ſayth our Lord the God of hoſtes: O my people inhatiter of Sion, be not afrayd of Aſſur: he shal ſtrike thee with his rod, and shal lift vp his ſtaffe ouer thee in the way of Aegypt.

25 For yet a litle and a very litle, and mine indignation and furie vpon their wickednes shal be conſummate.

26 And the Lord of hoſtes shal rayſe vp a ſcourge vpon him, according to the plague of Madian in the Rocke Oreb, and his rod vpon the ſea, and he shal lift it vp in the way of Aegypt.

27 And it shal be in that day: his burden shal be taken away from of thy shoulder, and his yoke from of thy necke, and the yoke shal putrifie at the face of oile.

28 He shal come into [::] Aiath, he shal paſſe into Magron: at Machmas he shal commend his veſſels.

29 They haue paſſed in haſt, Gaba is our ſeate: Rama was aſtonied, Gabaath of Saul fled.

30 Neay with thy voice ô daughter of Gallim, attend Laiſa, ſeelie poore Anathoth.

31 Medemena is remoued: ye inhabitants of Gabin take courege.

32 Yet there is day, to ſtand in Nobe: he shal shake his hand ouer the mountaine of the daughter of Sion, the litle hil of Ieruſalem.

33 Behold the dominatour the Lord of hoſtes shal breake the litle flagon in terrour, and the high of ſtature shal be cut downe, and the loftie shal be humbled.

34 And the thicke places of the foreſt shal be ouerthrowen with iron, and Libanus with the high ones shal fal.

Marginal notes to Chapter 10

  • 1 [::] VVheras good lawes are the ſtabilitie of the cōmon wealth wicked are the ruine therof. Such as Ieroboam made forbidding to goe to Ieruſalem and ſetting vp golden calues in Bethel and Dan: cauſing the people to ſerue them as the goddes of Iſrael. 3. Reg. 12. v. 16. Such alſo as the Scribes and Phariſes made deuiſing wicked traditions, contrarie to Gods commandments. Mat. 15. v. 5.
  • 6 [::] The Iewes are called a deceiptful nation becauſe they broke their promiſe made to God, that they would ſerue him and kepe his commandments. Exo. 19. v. 8.
  • 12 4 Reg. ⟨illegible⟩
  • 15 [::] Senacharib not by his owne powre but as Gods inſtrument & miniſter afflicted the Iſraelites. Neuertheles he perſecuted them of his owne free wil, which God vſed for the puniſhment of his people. In general therfore euil men are like to inſtruments without ſenſe, but differ in that mens actions are voluntarie, & vnreaſonable, and ſenſles creatures haue no wil at al, but only natural ap⟨illegible⟩nes, and inclination.
  • 26 Iudi. 7.
  • 28 [::] By theſe places Senacherib paſſed with his armie from Aegypt to Ieruſalem:

Chapter 11

CHAP. XI. Chriſt borne of the stock of Ieſſe, replenished with ſeuen giftes of the Holie Ghoſt, 4. shal haue a spiritual kindom, most iuſt, and potent. 10. wherto al nations wil repayre.

1 AND a [::] rod shal come forth of the roote of Ieſſe, and a [::] flowre shal riſe vp out of his roote.

2 And the Spirite of our Lord shal reſt vpon him: the ſpirit of wiſdom, and vnderſtanding, the ſpirit of counſel, and ſtrength, the ſpirit of knowlege, and pietie,

3 and the ſpirit of the feare of our Lord shal repleinsh him. He shal not iudge according to the ſight of the eies, nor rebuke according to the hearing of the eares.

4 But he shal iudge the poore in iuſtice, and shal rebuke in equitie for the milde of the earth: and he shal ſtrike the earth with the rod of his mouth, and with the ſpirit of his lippes he shal kil the impious.

5 And iuſtice shal be the girdle of his loynes: and fayth the girdle of his reines.

6 The woolfe shal dwel with the lambe: and the leopard shal lie with the kid: the calfe, and lion, and sheepe shal abide together, a litle child shal leade them.

7 The calfe, and the beare shal feede: their yong ones shal reſt together: and the lion shal eate ſtrawe as it were an oxe.

8 And the infant from the breſt shal be delighted vpon the hole of the aſpe: & he that is weyned, shal thruſt his hand into the hole of the cockatrice.

9 They shal not hurt, and they shal not kil in al my holie mountayne, becauſe the earth is replenished with the knowlege of our Lord, as the couering waters of the ſea.

10 In that day the roote of Ieſſe, that ſtandeth for a ſigne of peoples, him the nations shal beſech, & [::] his ſepulchre shal be glorious.

11 And it shal be in that day: our Lord shal put to his hand the ſecond time to poſſeſſe the remnant of his people, which shal be leaft of the Aſſirians, and of Aegypt, and of Phethros, and of Aethiopia, and of Aelam, and of Sennaar, and of Emath, and of the ilands of the ſea.

12 And he shal lift vp a ſigne vnto the nations, and shal aſſemble together the fugitiues of Iſrael, and shal gather the diſperſed of Iuda from the foure quarters of the earth.

13 And the emulation of Ephraim shal be taken away, and the enemies of Iuda shal perish: Ephraim shal not enuie Iuda, & Iuda shal not fight againſt Ephraim.

14 And they shal flie vpon the shoulders of the Philiſthims by the ſea, they together shal ſpoile the children of the Eaſt: Idumea, and Moab the precept of their hand, and the children of Ammon shal be obedient.

15 And our Lord shal make deſolate the tongue of the ſea of Aegypt, and shal lift vp his hand ouer the riuer in the ſtrength of his ſpirit: and he shal ſtrike him in his ſeuen ſtreames, ſo that they may paſſe through it with showes.

16 And there shal be a way to the remnant of my people, which shal be leaft of the Aſſirians: as there was to Iſrael in the day, that he came vp out of the Land of Aegypt.

Marginal notes to Chapter 11

  • 1 [::] The bleſſed virgin.
  • 1 Act. 13.
  • 1 [::] Chriſt our Sauiour repleniſhed with the ſeuen giftes of the Holie Ghoſt, of whoſe infinite plenitude his ſeruantes participate as it pleaſeth his diuine ſpirite to impert.
  • 4 2. Theſ. 2.
  • 10 Rom. 15.
  • 10 [::] Chriſt after his death, which to the vvorld was ignominious, vvould be gloriouſly buried, by very honorable perſons, Ioſeph and Nicodemus, with abundance of moſt precious ſpices, vvrapped in finne linnen, and laide in a nevv monument: to ſhew that the glorie of the iuſt beginneth from their death: where the glorie of the vvicked endeth. Chriſts ſepulchre ſtil alſo remaineth glorious, honored euen by the Turkes: much more by Catholique Chriſtians.

Chapter 12

CHAP. XII. A Canticle of thankes for the benefites of Chriſt.

1 AND thou shalt ſay in that day: I WIL confeſſe to thee ô Lord, becauſe thou waſt angrie with me: thy furie is turned away, and thou haſt comforted me.

2 Behold God is my ſauiour, I wil doe confidently, and wil not feare: becauſe our Lord is my ſtrength, and my praiſe, and he is become my ſaluation.

3 You shal drawe waters in ioy out of the ſauiours fountaines.

4 And you shal ſay in that day: Confeſſe ye to our Lord, and inuocate his name: make his inuentions knowen among the peoples: remember that his name is high.

5 Sing ye to our Lord becauſe he hath done magnifically: shew this forth in al the earth.

6 Reioyce, and prayſe ô habitation of Sion: becauſe great in the middes of thee, is the holie one of Iſrael.

Marginal notes to Chapter 12

  • 2 Ex⟨illegible⟩. 15. Pſal. 117.
  • 6 The 2 part. Tenne prophetical comminations againſt ſo manie peoples The 1. againſt Babylon.

Chapter 13

CHAP. XIII. The Prophet fortelleth the calamitie, and ruine of Babylon.

1 THE [::] burden of Babylon, which Iſaie the ſonne of Amosſaw.

2 Vpon the darke mountaine lift vp a ſigne, exalt the voice, lift vp the hand, and let the dukes enter the gates.

3 I haue commanded my [::] ſanctified, and haue called my ſtrong ones in my wrath, them that reioce in my glorie.

4 The voice of a multitude in the mountaines, as it were of manie peoples, a voice of the ſound of kinges, nations gathered together: The Lord of hoſtes hath commanded the hoſt of battel.

5 Coming from a countrie far of, from the end of heauen: our Lord, and the inſtruments of his furie, to deſtroy the whole land.

6 Howleye, becauſe the day of our Lord is nere: it shal come as deſtruction from our Lord.

7 For this cauſe shal al handes be diſſolued, and euerie hart of man shal melt,

8 and be broken. Gripings and paines shal hold them, they shal be in paine as she that trauaileth. Euerie one shal be aſtonied at his neighbour, their countenances as faces burnt.

9 Behold the day of our Lord shal come, cruel, and ful of indignation, and of wrath, and furie to bring the land to a wildernes, and to deſtroy the ſinners therof out of it.

10 Becauſe the ſtarres of heauen, and their brightnes shal not diſplay their light: the ſunne is darkened in his ryſing, and the moone shal not shine in her light.

11 And I wil viſite ouer the euiles of the world, and againſt the impious their iniquitie, and I wil make the pride of infidels to ceaſe, and wil humble the arrogancie of the ſtrong.

12 A [::] man shal be more precious then gold, & [::] man then pure fine gold.

13 For this I shal truble heauen: & the earth shal be moued out of her place, for the indignation of the Lord of hoſtes, & for the day of the wrath of his furie.

14 And it shal be as a yong doe fleing, and as a sheepe: and there shal be none to gather them together: euerie man shal turne to his owne people, and euerie one shal flee to his owne land.

15 Euerie one that shal be found, shal be ſlaine: and cuerie one that shal come to ayde, shal fal by the ſword.

16 Their infants shal be dashed in peeces before their eies: their houſes shal be ſpoiled, and their wiues shal be rauished.

17 Behold I wil rayſe vpon them the Medes, which shal not ſeeke ſiluer, nor deſire gold.

18 But with arrowes they shal kil the litle ones, and shal haue no pitie vpon the ſucklings of the wombe, and vpon the children their eie shal not ſpare

19 And that Babylon glorious in kingdoms, noble in the pride of the Chaldees, shal be euen as our Lord ſubuerted Sodom and Gomorrha.

20 It shal not be inhabited for euer, & it [::] shal not be founded vnto generation & generation: neither shal the Arabian pitch his tents there, nor shepeheardes reſt there.

21 But beaſtes shal reſt there, and their houſes shal be filled with dragons, and oſtreches shal dwel there, and Satyrs shal daunce there:

22 And the Syrach owles shal anſwer there in the houſes therof, and mermaides in the temples of pleaſure.

Marginal notes to Chapter 13

  • 1 [::] The Iewes gaue thankes for their deliuerie from captiuitie of Babylon; & much more the Church of Chriſt rendereth thankes for her deliuerie from al ſinnes.
  • 3 [::] Nemrod began the kingdom of Babylon (Gen. 10.) his ſonne Belus did much augment it: and his ſonne Ninus brought it to be a very great Empire, & Monarchie. But at laſt, after 1240. yeares, it was ouercome by Cyrus king of Perſia.
  • 10 Ezech. 32. Ioel. 3. Mat. 24. Mar. 13. ⟨illegible⟩uc. 2⟨illegible⟩.
  • 12 [::] Medes and Perſians were called ſanctified in that they were the miniſters of Gods iuſtice, in the ruine of Babylon: which the Prophet foretelling calleth it The burden of Babylon.
  • 12 [::] After the ſlaughter there shal be ſo few Babylonians, or Chaldeans left aliue, that one man shal be more rare and precious then much fine gold.
  • 16 Pſal 1⟨illegible⟩6.
  • 19 Gen. 1⟨illegible⟩.
  • 20 [::] An other citie was built by the ſame name, but much leſſe, & in an other place of Chaldea.

Chapter 14

CHAP. XIIII. The Iewes shal be releaſed from the captiuitie of Babylon. 12. Nabuchodonoſor most proud and mightie, shal be throwne into extreme miſerie. 24. In the meane time the Aſirians beſeging Ieruſalem shal be defeated. 28. Neither shal the Philistims preuaile against the lewes, as they preſume.

1 IT [::] is neere that the time therof shal come, and the daies therof shal not be porlonged. For our Lord wil haue mercie on Iacob, and wil yet chooſe out of Iſrael, and wil make them reſt vpon their owne ground: the ſtranger shal be ioyned to them, & shal ſticke to the houſe of Iacob.

2 And peoples shal hold them, and bring them into their place: and the houſe of Iſrael shal poſſeſſe them vpon the land of our Lord for ſeruants and handmaides: and they shallead captiue thoſe that had taken them, & shal ſubdewe their exactours.

3 And it shal be in that day, when God shal geue thee reſt from thy labour, and from thy vexation, and from the ſore ſeruitude, which thou didſt ſerue before.

4 Thou shalt take this parable againſt the king of Babylon, and shalt ſay: How hath the exactour ceaſed, the tribute reſted:

5 Our Lord hath broken the ſtaffe of the impious, the rodde of the rulers,

6 that did beate peoples in indignation with vncurable wound, ſubdewing nations in furie, perſecuting cruelly.

7 Al earth is quiet and ſtil, is glad & hath reioyced.

8 The firre trees alſo haue reioyeed ouer thee, and the ceders of Libanus: ſince thou haſt ſlept, there hath none come vp to hewe vs.

9 Hel beneath is trubled to meete thy coming, it hath rayſed vp the giants for thee. Al the princes of the earth are riſen vp from their thrones, al the princes of nations.

10 Al shal anſwere, and ſay to thee: Thou alſo art wounded euen as we, made like vnto vs.

11 Thy pride is drawen downe to hel, thy carcaſſe is fallen: vnder thee shal the mothe be ſtrawed, and wormes shal be thy couering.

12 [::] How art thou fallen from heauen Lucifer, which didſt riſe in the morning? art thou fallen to the earth, that didſt wound nations?

13 Which didſt ſay in thy hart: I wil aſcend into heauen, aboue the ſtarres of God wil I exalt my throne, I wil ſitte in the mount of the teſtament, in the ſides of the North.

14 I wil aſcend aboue the height of the cloudes, I wil be like to the Higheſt.

15 But yet thou shalt be drawen downe to hel, into the depth oh the lake.

16 They that shal ſee thee, shal turne toward thee, & behold thee: Is this the man, that trubled the earth, that shaked kingdomes,

17 that made the world a deſert, & deſtroyed the cities therof, opened not the priſon to his priſoners?

18 Al the kinges of the nations euerie one haue slept in glorie, eche man in his owne houſe.

19 But thou art caſt forth out of thy ſepulchre, as an vnprofitable branche polluted, and wrapped vp with them that were ſlaine by the ſword, and are gone downe to the fundations of the lake, as a rotten carcaſſe.

20 Thou shalt not keepe companie with them, neither in burial, for thou haſt deſtroyed thy land, thou haſt ſlaine thy people: the ſeede of the wicked shal not be named for euer.

21 Prepare his children to ſlaughter in the iniquitie of their fathers: they shal not riſe vp, nor inherite the land, nor fil the world with cities.

22 And I wil riſe ouer them, ſayth the Lord of hoſtes: & I wil deſtroy the name of Babylon, and the remaynes, and bud, and progenie: ſayth our Lord.

23 And I wil make it the poſſeſſion of the hedgehog, & marri⟨illegible⟩es of waters, & I wil ſweepe it with beſome wearing it, ſayth the Lord of hoſtes.

24 The Lord of hoſtes hath ſworne, ſaying: If it shal not be, as I haue thought: and ſo fal out, as I haue in mind conſulted:

25 That I [::] deſtroy the Aſſirian in my land, and in my mountaines tread vpon him: and his yoke shal be taken away from them, and his burden taken of from their shoulder.

26 This is the counſel, that I haue deuiſed vpon al the earth, and this is the hand ſtretched forth vpon al nations.

27 For the Lord of hoſtes hath decreed, and who can weaken it? and his hand is ſtretched out: and who shal turne it away?

28 [::] In the yeare, that king Achaz died, was this burden made.

29 Reioyce not thou whole Philiſtaea, that [::] the rod of thy ſtriker is broken in peeces: for from the roote of the ſerpent shal iſſue forth a cockatrice, and his ſeede ſwalowing the bird.

30 And the firſt borne of the poore shal be fed, & the poore shal reſt conſidently: and I wil make thy roote to perish in famine, and wil kil thy remnant.

31 Howle thou gate, crie out ô citie: al Philiſthaea is throwen downe: for a ſmoke shal come from [::] the North, and there is none that shal eſcape his troupe.

32 And what shal be anſwered to the meſſengers of nations? That our Lord hath founded Sion, and the poore of his people shal hope in him.

Marginal notes to Chapter 14

  • 1 [::] Iſaie prophecied the deſtruction of Babylon aboue 100. yeares before the Iewes were caried thither captiue, and their captiuitie indured 70. yeares VVhich was releaſed by Cyrus, after he had ouercome the Babylonians. Yet this ſpace of nere 200. yeares, is counted a ſhort time in reſpect of ſo great a Monarchie as this was, which had now continued aboue a thouſand yeares, from the time of Ninus, yea was begunne by Nemrod. Gen. 10. v. v.
  • 12 [::] As Lucifer the greateſt diuel, ſo Nabuchodonoſor king of Babylon fel through pride into extreme miſerie.
  • 25 [::] The miraculous deſtruction of the Aſſiriansarmie beſeging Ieruſalem is recorded. 4. Reg. 19.
  • 28 [::] The ſecond commination is againſt the Philiſtians.
  • 28 4 Reg 1⟨illegible⟩
  • 29 [::] Though Achaz was dead whom the Philiſtims feared, yet Ezechias a better king did afflict them more then the other had done 4. Reg. 18. v 8. Much more Ozias. 2. Par. 26
  • 31 [::] From Ieruſalem which is ſituated on the north of Philiſtea.

Chapter 15

CHAP. XV. Unexpected ruine shal fal vpon the Moabites: 5. Wherof the Prophet hath compaſſion.

1 THE burden [::] of Moab. Becauſe Ar-Moab was waſted in the night, [::] he hath held his peace: becauſe the wal of Moab is deſtroyed in the night, he hath held his peace.

2 The houſe is gone vp, & Dibon to the high places to moorne vpon Nabo, and vpon Medaba shal Moab howle: on al the heades therof baldnes, and euerie beard shal be shauen.

3 In the high wayes therof they are girded with ſackcloth: vpon the roofes therof, and in the ſtreates therof al howling, goeth downe to weepe.

4 Heſebon shal crie, & Elealé, their voice is heard euen to ⟨illegible⟩aſa. For this shal the wel appoynted of Moab howle, his ſoule shal howle to himſelf.

5 [::] My hart shal crie to Moab, the barres therof vnto Segor an heifer aſtonishing: for by the aſcent of Luith he shal goe vp weeping: & in the way of Oronaim they shal lift vp a crie of contrition.

6 For the waters of Nemrim shal be made deſolate, becauſe the graſſe is withered, the ſpring is faded, al grennes is perished.

7 According to the greatnes of the worke, is alſo their viſitation: they shal lead them to the torrent of willowes.

8 Becauſe the crie shal goe round about the border of Moab: vnto Gallim the howling therof, and vnto the Pit-Elim the crie therof.

9 Becauſe the waters of Dibon are replenished with bloud: for I wil pur additions vpon Dibon: the ⟨illegible⟩on for them that shal flee of Moab, and for the remmant of the land.

Marginal notes to Chapter 15

  • 1 [::] The third commination was againſt the Moabites.
  • 1 [::] Deſtruction made in the night, preuented that they feared not the imminent danger, but ſo much the more they were afflicted, being ſodainly oppreſſed vvith extreme myſerie.
  • 2 Iere. 4⟨illegible⟩. EE⟨illegible⟩ch. 7.
  • 5 [::] Miſcrie, euen of ⟨illegible⟩mi⟨illegible⟩s, moueth a charitable hart to compaſſion. So the Prophet lamenteth the Moabites afflictiō.

Chapter 16

CHAP. XVI. The prophet prayeth for, and prophecieth Chriſts coming: 6. adding more of the affliction of the Moabites for their pride.

1 SEND forth ô Lord [::] the lambe the dominatour of the earth, from the [::] Rocke of the deſert, to the mount of the daughter of Sion.

2 And he shal be as a bird fleing, and the yong flying out of the neſt, ſo shal the daughters of Moab be in the paſſage of Arnon.

3 Take counſel, gather a councel: ſet thy shadow in the midday as it were night: hide them that flee, and them that wander bewray not.

4 My fugitiues shal dwel with thee: Moab be thou their couert from the face of the deſtroyer: for the duſt is ended, the wretch is come to naught: he hath failed, that trode downe the earth.

5 And a throne shal be prepared in mercie, and there shal ſit vpon it, in truth in the tabernacle of Dauid, he that iudgeth and ſeketh iudgement, and quickly rendereth that which is iuſt.

6 We haue heard the pride of Moab, he is proud excedingly: his pride and his arrogancie, and his indignation is more then his ſtrength.

7 Therfore shal Moab howle to Moab, al shal howle: to them, that reioyce vpon the walles of baqued bricke, tel ye their plagues.

8 Becauſe the ſuburbes of Heſebon are deſolate, and the vineyard of Sabama the lords of the Nations haue cut of: the branches therof haue reached to Iazer: they wandered in the deſert, the branches therof are leaft, they paſſed ouer the ſea.

9 For this I wil lament in the weeping of Iazer the yineyard of Sabama: I wil inebriate thee with my teare ô Heſebon, and Elealé: becauſe the voice of the treaders is rush⟨illegible⟩ in vpon thy vintage, and vpon thy harueſt.

10 And gladnes and ioy shal be taken away from Carmelus, and it shal not reioyce nor make iubilation in vineyards. He shal not treade wine in the preſſe that was wonte to treade: the voice of the treaders I haue taken away.

11 For this my bellie shal ſound as an harpe to Moab, & my bowels to the wal of baqued bricke.

12 And it ⟨illegible⟩shal be: when it shal appeare that Moab hath laboured for his excelſes, he shal goe in to his ſanctuaries to pray, & shal not preuaile.

13 This is the word, that our Lord ſpake to Moab from that time:

14 and now our Lord hath ſpoken, ſaying: [::] In three yeares, as the yeares of [::] an hired ſeruant, the glorie of Moab shal be taken away vpon al the multitude of people, and it shal be leaft litle and ſmal, not much.

Marginal notes to Chapter 16

  • 1 [::] In the great miſerie of he Moabites, the Prophet ſaw one ſpecial cauſe of conſolation, that Chriſt the lambe of God which taketh away the ſinnes of the world, ſhould be borne of their lineage, by one of th⟨illegible⟩er progenie.
  • 1 [::] Of Ruth a Moabite, who was maried to Booz, and ſo was Dauids great grandmother. Ruth, 4. See the argument of Ruth.
  • 14 [::] The vvarres againſt Moab continued three yeares,
  • 14 [::] In vvhich it was brought into ſeruitude.

Chapter 17

CHAP. XVII. Damaſcus with other Syrians shal be afflicted, 4. likewiſe the tenne tribes of Iſrael. 7. Of which ſome few perſons wil returne to God. 12. And finally their enimies the Aſſirians shal be ouerthrowne.

1 THE burden of Damaſcus. Behold Damaſcus shal ceaſe to be a citie, and shal be as an heape of ſtones in ruine.

2 The forſaken cities of Aroer shal be for flockes, and they shal reſt there, and there shal be none to terrifie them.

3 And ayde shal ceaſe from Ephraim, and the kingdom from Damaſcus: and the remnant of Syria shal be as the glorie of the children of Iſrael: ſayth the Lord of hoſtes.

4 And it shal be in that day: the glorie of Iacob shal be diminished, and the fatnes of his flesh shal become leane.

5 And it shal be as one gathering in harueſt that which remayneth, and his arme shal gather the eares of corne: and it shal be as he that ſeketh eares in the vale of Raphaim.

6 And the fruite therof shal be leaft, as it were a cluſter of grapes in it, and as the shaking of the oliue tree, of two or three oliues in the toppe of a bough, or foure or fiue in the toppes therof, ſayth our Lord the God of Iſrael.

7 In that day man shal incline himſelfe to his maker, and his eies shal looke to the holie one of Iſrael.

8 And he shal not incline to the altars, which his handes made: and the things that his fingers wrought he shal not regard, as groues and temples.

9 In that day the cities of his ſtrength shal be leaft, as the ploughes, and the corne that were leaft before the face of the children of Iſrael, and thou shalt be deſolate.

10 Becauſe thou haſt forgotten God thy fauiour, and haſt not remembred thy ſtrong helper: therfore shalt thou plant a faythful plant, & shalt ſow a ſtrange ſeede.

11 In the day of thy planting shal be the wilde grape, & in the morning thy ſeede shal florish: the harueſt is taken away in the day of inheritance, and he shal be vehemently ſorie.

12 Woe to [::] the multitude of manie peoples, being as the multitude of the ſounding ſea: & the tumult of multitudes, as the ſound of manie waters.

13 Peoples shal ſound as the ſound of waters ouerflowing, and he shal rebuke him, and shal flee far of: and he shal be violently taken away as the duſt of the mountaines at the face of the wind, and as a whirlewind before a tempeſt.

14 In the euentide, and behold truble: in the morning, and he shal not be. this is the portion of them, that haue waſted vs, & the lot of them that ſpoiled vs.

Marginal notes to Chapter 17

  • 1 The fourth prophetical commination vvas againſt the Syrians.
  • 9 Ioſue 10. 11. &c.
  • 12 [::] After that the Aſſirians had afflicted the Iſraelites, and their confederates, them ſelues were alſo afflicted.

Chapter 18

CHAP. XVIII. The Aegyptians, for alluring the two tribes to their confederacie, shal be afflicted, 7. and the Iewes returne to more ſincere ſeruice of God. [Margin: The fift was againſt the Aethiopians and Aegyptians.]

1 VVOE to the land the cymbal of winges, which is beyond the riuers of Aethiopia,

2 which ſendeth legates into the ſea, and in the veſſels of [*] bulrushes vpon the waters. Goe ye ſwift [::] angels to a nation shaken a ſunder, and torne in peeces: to a terrible people, after which there is none other: to a nation expecting and troden vnder foote, whoſe land the floodes haue ſpoiled:

3 [::] Al ye inhabitants of the world, which abide in the earth, where the ſigne shal be lifted vp in the mountaines, you shal ſee, and shal heare the ſound of the trumpet:

4 becauſe thus ſayth ourd Lord to me: I wil reſt, and conſider in my place, as the no one light is cleere, and as a cloud of dew in the day of harueſt.

5 For before harueſt it hath wholly florished, and vnripe perfection shal ſpring forth, and the boughes therof shal be cut of with hookes: and the thinges that are leaft, shal be cut of, and shaken out.

6 And they shal be left together to the birdes of the mountaynes, and beaſtes of the earth: and the foules shal be vpon it the whole ſummer, and al the beaſtes of the earth shal winter vpon it.

7 In that time shal a gift be brought to the Lord of hoſtes, of a people plucked aſunder and rent in peeces: of a terrible people, after which there hath bene none other, of a nation expecting, expecting and troden vnder foote, whoſe land the floudes haue ſpoiled, to the place of the name of the Lord of hoſtes, mount Sion.

Marginal notes to Chapter 18

  • 2 [*] Or paper boates.
  • 2 [::] The Aegyptians bid their meſſengers goe ſwiftly, & tel the Iewes that they ſhal haue preſent helpe according as they require & expect.
  • 3 [::] But the prophet ſhevveth that the Aegyptians them ſelues ſhal be ouerthrowne by the Aſſirians.

Chapter 19

CHAP. XIX. Further deſcription of the Aegyptians punishment, 17. With their conuerſion to Chriſt in the new Teſtament.

1 THE burden of Aegypt. Behold [::] our Lord wil aſcend vpon a ſwift cloude, and wil enter into Aegypt, and the idols of Aegypt shal be moued at his preſence, & the hart of Aegypt shal melt in the middes therof.

2 And I wil make the Aegyptians to runne together againſt the Aegyptians: and a man shal fight againſt his brother, and euerie man againſt his freind, citie againſt citie, hingdom againſt kingdom.

3 And the ſpirit of Aegypt shal be broken in the bowels therof, and I wil ouerthrow their counſel headlong: and they shal aske their idols, and their diuiners, and Pythons, and Southſayers.

4 And I wil deliuer Aegypt into the hand of cruel maſters, and a ſtrong king shal rule ouer them, ſayth our Lord the God of hoſtes.

5 And the water of the ſea shal be dried vp, and the riuer shal be made deſolate, and drie.

6 And the riuers shal faile: the riuers of the ramppiers shal be diminished, & dried vp. The reede and bulrush shal wither:

7 the chanel of the riuer shal be ſpoiled of his fountayne, and al ſowne corne filde that is watered shal be dried vp, it shal wither, and shal not be.

8 And the fishers shal lament, and al that caſt angle into the riuer shal moorne, and they that ſprede net vpon the face of the water shal pine away.

9 They shal be confounded that wrought twiſting flaxe, kombing and weauing fine thinges.

10 And the watred places therof shal be drie, al they that made pooles to take fishes.

11 The princes of Tanis are fooles, the wiſe counſelers of Pharao haue geuen vnwiſe counſel: how ſay ye vnto Pharao: I am the ſonne of the wiſe, the ſonne of the ancient kinges?

12 Where are now thy wiſe men? let them tel thee, and shew what the Lord of hoſtes hath thought concerning Aegypt.

13 The princes of Tanis are become fooles, the princes of Nemphis are withered away, they haue deceiued Aegypt, the corner of the peoples therof.

14 Our Lord hath mingled in the middes therof the ſpirit of gladnes: and they haue made Aegypt to erre in euerie worke therof, as he erreth that is drunke and vomiteth.

15 And Aegypt shal haue no worke, to make the head and the taile the peruerter, and reſtrayner.

16 In that day Aegypt shal be as wemen, and they shal be aſtonied, and shal be afrayd at the face of the mouing of the hand of the Lord of hoſtes, which he shal moue ouer it.

17 And the land of Iuda shal be a feare to Aegypt: euerie one, that shal remember it shal quake at the face of the counſel of the Lord of hoſtes, which he hath thought concerning it.

18 In that day there shal be fiue cities in the land of Aegypt, ſpeakingtongue the of Chanaan, and ſwearing by the Lord of hoſtes: one shal be called the citie of the ſunne.

19 In that day there shal be [::] an altar of our Lord in the middes of the land of Aegypt; and a title of our Lord by the border therof

20 it shal be for a ſigne, and for a teſtimonie to the Lord of hoſtes in the land of Aegypt. For they shal crie to our Lord at the preſence of the afflicter, and he shal ſend them a ſauiour and defendet to deliuer them.

21 And our Lord shal be knowen of Aegypt, and the Aegyptians shal knowe our Lord in that day, and shal worshipe him in hoſtes and in giftes: and they shal vow vowes to our Lord, and pay them.

22 And our Lord shal ſmite Aegypt with a ſtrooke, and heale it, and they shal returne to our Lord, and he shal be pacified towards them, and heale them.

23 In that day there shal be a way from Aegypt to the Aſſirians, and the Aſſirian shal enter into Aegypt, and the Aegyptians to the Aſſirians, and the Aegyptians shal ſerue Aſſur.

24 In that day shal Iſrael be a third to the Aegyptian and the Aſſirian: a bleſſing in the middes of the earth,

25 which the Lord of hoſtes hath bleſſed, ſaying: Bleſſed be my people of Aegypt, and the worke of my hands to the Aſſirian: but Iſrael is mine inheritance.

Marginal notes to Chapter 19

  • 1 [::] VVhen our B. Sauiour was caried in his infancie by his mother into Aegypt the idoles of that countrie loſt their powre. And the inhabitantes vvere ſpecially bleſſed, & afterwards very manie beleued in Chriſt, and ſincerely ſerued him.
  • 19 [::] Both Iewes and Chriſtians vnderſtand this prophecie of the conuerſion of the Aegyptians to Chriſt. But the Ievves expect it as yet to come, vve know that it is already fulfilled. At leaſt in part. For there vvere ſometimes manie Chriſtians in that countrie, yea manie moſt excellent Sainctes. S. Paul. S. Antonie. S. Hilarion, and innumerable others.

Chapter 20

CHAP. XX. The ignominious captiuitie of Aegyptians, and Aethiopians is againe foreshewed by the Prophet going naked. 5. wherat the Iewes are aſtonied and afeard, ſeing their co⟨illegible⟩federaies ſo confounded.

1 IN the yeare, that Tharthan entred into Azotus, when Sargon the king of the Aſſyrians had ſent him, and he had fought againſt Azotus, and had taken it:

2 at that time our Lord ſpake in the hand of Iſaie the ſonne of Amos, ſaying: Goe, and looſe the ſackcloth from of thy loynes, and take of thy shooes from thy feete. And he did ſo [::] going naked, and barefoote.

3 And our Lord ſaid: As my ſeruant Iſaie hath walked, naked & barefoote, it shal be a ſigne & a wonder of three heres vpon Aeghpt, and vpon Aethiopia,

4 ſo shal the king of the Aſſyrians leade the captiuitie of Aegypt, and the transmigration of Aethiopia, yong and old, naked and vnshod, their buttockes vncouered to the ignominie of Aegypt.

5 And they shal feare, & be ashamed of Aethiopia their hope, and of Aegypt their glorie.

6 And the inhabitant of this ile shal ſay in that day:“ Loe this was our hope, to whom we fled for helpe, that they should deliuer vs from the face of the king of the Aſſyrians: and how shal we be able to eſcape?

Marginal notes to Chapter 20

  • 2 [::] The holie prophet, of noble bloud, vvas not diſobedient, nor aſhamed to goe naked, becauſe nothing is more honeſt then to obey Gods commandment. S. Ierom. in ⟨illegible⟩un⟨illegible⟩ locum.

ANNOTATIONS. CHAP. XX.

6. Loe this vvas our hope.] God to ſhew the vanitie of al hope, that is repoſed in men, or in wordlie thinges, layeth the meruelous and miſerable mutations of [Margin: Gods prouidence in punishing al that truſt in men & not in him.] temporal great kingdoms, before the eyes of his people. That we may ſee, and admire his merciful prouidence, and our owne follie, when we truſt in the helpe of our ſelues, or of other men, who can not defend them ſelues from ruine and ignominie: and much leſſe can they ſaue vs, or we our ſelues. As theſe examples make manifeſt. The kingdom of Iſrael (or tenne tribes) truſted in Damaſeus, which could not defend it ſelf, but was ouerthrowne. The kingdom of [Margin: Examples of mutations in kingdomes.] Iuda (or two tribes) truſted in Aegypt. The Aegyptians truſted in the Ethiopians, and both were ouerthrowne by the Aſſirians. The Aſſirians glorying in their victories and triumphes, attributing al to their owne ſtreingth, were ouercome by the Babylonians. The Babylonians, likewiſe inſolent and proud, were oppreſſed by the Medes and Perſians. The Medes and Perſians were ſubdued by Alexander the great. VVho was ſhortly taken away in his youth by poyſon; and his great Monarchie diuided amongſt his ſeruantes. And ſo other peoples, and kingdomes, much more particular perſons, and families are turned like a whole. And therfore our only refuge muſt be to God: in whom is al true hope, helpe, ſafetie, and happines, temporal and eternal.

Chapter 21

CHAP. XXI. The destruction of Babylon by the Medes and Perſians is againe prophecied, 11. The like of the Idumeans; 13. and of Arabians.

1 THE burden of the deſert ſea. As whirlewinds come from the South, it cometh from the deſert, from an horrible land.

2 A ſore viſion was told me: he that is incredulous doth vnfaithfully: & he that is a ſpoiler, waſteth. Come vp Aelam, beſiege ô Mede: I haue made al the moorning therof to ceaſe.

3 Therfore are my loines filled with ſorow, anguish hath poſſeſſed me, as the anguish of a woman that trauaileth: I fel downe when I heard it, I was trubled when I ſaw it.

4 Mine hart fayled, darkenes made me aſtonied: Babylon my beloued is made a miracle vnto me.

5 Lay the table, looke about in the watch towre the eaters and drinkers: ariſe ye princes, take shield.

6 For thus hath our Lord ſayd to me: Goe, and ſet a watchman: and what ſoeuer he shal ſee, let him tel.

7 And he ſaw a chariote of two horſemen, a rider vpon an [::] aſſe, and a rider vpon a camel: and he beheld them diligently with much looking.

8 And a lion cried: I am vpon the watch towre of our Lord, ſtanding continually by day: and I am vpon my watch, ſtanding whole nights.

9 Behold this man cometh, the rider vpon the chariot of two horſemen, and he anſwered, and ſaid: Fallen, fallen is Babylon, and al the ſculptils of the gods therof are broken to the ground.

10 O my threshing, and children of my flore, the thinges that I haue heard of the Lord of hoſtes the God of Iſrael, I haue shewed vnto you.

11 [::] The burden of Duma crieth to me out of Seir: Watchman what of the night? watchman what of the night?

12 The watchman ſaid: morning is come & night: if you ſeeke, ſeeke: returne, come.

13 [::] The burden in Arabia. In the foreſt at euen you shal ſleepe, in the pathes of Dedanim.

14 Meeting the thirſtie bring water, you that inhabite the land of the South, with bread meete him that fleeth.

15 For they are fled from the face of the ſwordes, from the face of the ſword hanging ouer, from the face of the bow bent, from the face of a greuous battel.

16 Becauſe thus ſayth our Lord to me: Yet in one yeare, as in the yeare of an hyred man, and al the glorie of Cedar shal be taken away.

17 And the remnant of the number of the ſtrong archers of the children of Cedar shal be diminished: for our Lord the God of Iſrael hath ſpoken it.

Marginal notes to Chapter 21

  • 1 The ſixt commination was againſt the Aſſirians, & ſpecially the Babylonians.
  • 7 [::] Cyrus king of the Perſians a people of ſmal powre, & of the Medes, of great ſtreingth.
  • 9 Iere. 51. Apoc. 14.
  • 11 [::] The ſeuenth prophetical commination was againſt the Idumeans.
  • 13 [::] The eight againſt the Iſmaelites Arabiam.

Chapter 22

CHAP. XXII. For the ſinnes eſpecially of chiefe officers, Sion and the temple shal be deſtroyed. 15. Sobna a wicked ruler shal be remoued, 20. and Eliacim put in his place.

1 THE [::] burden of the [::] vale of viſion. What aileth thee, that thou art alſo wholly gone vp into the houſe toppes?

2 ful of clamour, a populous citie, reioycing: thy ſlaine are not ſlaine by the ſword, nor dead in battel.

3 Al thy princes are fled together, and are bound hard: al that were found, are bound together, they are fled far of.

4 Therfore haue I ſayd: Depart from me, I wil weepe bitterly: labour not to comforte me, for the deſtruction of the daughter of my people.

5 For it is a day of ſlaughter, and conculcation, and weepings to our Lord the God of hoſtes in the vale of viſitation, ſearching the wal, and magnifical vpon the mountaine.

6 And Aelam tooke quiuer, chariote of the horſman, and the shilde hath made the wal naked.

7 And thy principal valleis shal be ful of chariots, and the horſmen shal place them ſelues in the gate.

8 And the couering of Iuda shal be diſcouered, and thou shalt ſee in that day the armourie of the houſe of the foreſt.

9 And you shal ſee the breaches of the citie of Dauid, becauſe they are multiplied; and you haue gathered together the waters of the lower poole,

10 and haue numbred the houſes of Ieruſalem, and deſtroyed houſes to fortifie the wal.

11 And you haue made a lake betwen the two walles to the water of old poole: and you looked not vp to him, that made it, and the worker therof long before you ſaw not.

12 And our Lord the God of hoſtes shal cal in that day to weeping, and to moorning, to baldnes, and to girdle of ſackcloth:

13 and behold ioy and gladnes, to kil calues, and to ſlea rammes, to eate flesh, and to drinke wine: Let vs eate, and drinke: for tomorow we shal die.

14 And the voice of the Lord of hoſtes was reuealed in mine eares: If this iniquitie shal be forgeuen you vntil you die, ſayth our Lord the God of hoſles.

15 Thus ſayth our Lord the God of hoſtes: Goe, get thee in to him, that dwelleth in the tabernacle, to [::] ▪ Sobna the prouoſt of the temple, and thou shalt ſay to him:

16 What doeſt thou here, or as if thou were ſome bodie here? becauſe thou haſt cut thee out a ſepulchre here, thou haſt cut out a memorial diligently in an high place, a tabernacle for thee in a rocke.

17 Behold our Lord wil cauſe thee to be caried away, as a cocke is caried, and he wil lift thee vp as a garment.

18 Crowning he wil crowne thee with tribulation, he wil caſt thee as a bal into a brode and large countrie: there shalt thou die, and there shal the chariot of thy glorie be, the ignominie of the houſe of thy Lord.

19 And I wil expel thee from thy ſtanding, and depoſe thee from thy miniſterie.

20 And it shal be in that day: I wil cal my ſeruant Eliacim the ſonne of Helcias,

21 and wil cloth him with thy coate, and wil ſtrengthen him with thy girdle, and wil geue thy powre into his hand: and he shal be as a father to the inhabitants of Ieruſalem, and to the houſe of Iuda.

22 And I wil geue the key of the houſe of Dauid vpon his shoulder: & he shal open, and there shal be none to shut: and he shal shut, and there shal be none to open.

23 And I wil faſten him as a pinne in a ſure place, & he shal be for a throne of glorie to the houſe of his father.

24 And they shal hang vpon him al the glorie of his fathers houſe, diuerſe kindes of veſſels, euerie litle veſſel from veſſels of cuppes euen to euerie inſtrument of muſike.

25 In that day ſaith the Lord of hoſtes, shal the pinne be taken away, that was faſtened in the ſure place: and that which hong theron, shal be broken, and fal, and perish, becauſe our Lord hath ſpoken.

Marginal notes to Chapter 22

  • 1 [::] The ninth againſt the cheefe rulers of Ieruſalem.
  • 1 [::] Sion ſituated on a hil, and often called a montaine is here called a vale, for the afflicted ſtate wherin it was in the captiuitie.
  • 15 [::] This Sobna had ſome of fi⟨illegible⟩e about the Temple, but by craftie intruſion and vniuſt vſurpation, rather then by lawful induction, was very couetous▪ & ambicious▪ & ſo by Gods iudgement fel into miſerie.

Chapter 23

CHAP. XXIII. The deſtruction of Tyrus by the Chaldees, 15. and reparation therof after ſeuentie yeares.

1 THE burden of Tyre. Howle ye shippes of the ſea, becauſe the houſe is deſtroyed, from whence they were wont to come: from the land of Cethim it is reueled to them.

2 Hold your peace ye that dwel in [::] the ile: the trafickers of Sidon paſſing ouer the ſea, haue replenished thee.

3 The ſeede of Nilus in manie waters, the harueſt of the riuer was her fruites: & she was made the trafike of the nations.

4 Be ashamed Sidon, for the ſea ſayth, the ſtrength of the ſea, ſaying: I haue not trauailed, and I haue not brought forth, and I haue not nourished yongmen, nor brought virgins to their growth.

5 When it shal be heard in Aegypt, they wil be ſorie when they shal heare of Tyre:

6 Paſſe ouer the ſeas, howle ye that dwel in the ile.

7 Is not this your citie, which gloried from ancient dayes in her antiquitie? her feete shal leade her afarre to ſeiourne.

8 Who hath thought this againſt Tyre, that was ſome time crowned, whoſe merchants were princes, her chapmen the nobles of the earth?

9 The Lord of hoſtes hath thought it, that he might plucke downe the pride of al glorie, and bring al the glorious of the earth to ignominie.

10 Paſſe thy land as a riuer, ô daughter of the ſea, thou haſt a girdle no more.

11 He hath ſtretched forth his hand vpon the ſea, he hath trubled kingdomes: Our Lord hath geuen commandment againſt Chanaan, to deſtroy the ſtrong therof,

12 and he ſaid: Thou shalt adde no more to glorie, ô Virgin daughter of Sidon ſuſteyning calumnie: riſing vp ſaile ouer to Cethim, there alſo thou shalt haue no reſt.

13 Behold the land of the Chaldees was not ſuch a people, Aſſur founded it: they led away the ſtrong therof into captiuitie, they vndermined the houſes therof, they brought it to ruine.

14 Howle ye shippes of the ſea, becauſe your ſtrength is deſtroyed.

15 And it shal be in that day: thou shalt be in obliuion ô Tyre, [::] ſeuentie yeares, as the daies of one king: but after ſeuentie yeares, there shal be to Tyre as it were the ſong of an harlot.

16 Take an harpe, goe about the citie thou harlot forgotten: ſing wel, multiplie ſong, that there may be remembrance of thee.

17 And it shal be after ſeuentie yeares: our Lord wil viſite Tyre, and wil bring her backe againe to her merchandiſe: and she shal fornicate againe with al the kingdoms of the earth, vpon the face of the earth.

18 And the martes, and rewards shal be ſanctified to our Lord: they shal not be kept in ſtore, nor layd vp: becauſe her merchandiſe shal be for them, that shal dwel before our Lord, that they may eate vnto fatietie, and be clothed vnto continuance.

Marginal notes to Chapter 23

  • 1 The tenth commination was againſt the Tyrians.
  • 2 [::] Tyrus was an iland, as Ezechiel alſo deſcribeth it (ch. 27.) in the entrance, yea ſituated in the hart of the ſea: but not farre diſtant, for king Alexander filled vp that paſſage of water and made it continent.
  • 15 [::] The Tyrians reioyced in the Iewes captiuitie & therfore God puniſhed them with like captiuitie of 70. yeares.

Chapter 24

CHAP. XXIIII. Al this world shal be deſtroyed, 7. wherof manie ſignes shal come before, 18. and general iudgement shal folow. [Margin: The third part Prophecies perteyning to the whole world.]

1 BEHOLD our Lord shal diſſipate the earth, and make it naked, and afflict the face therof, and diſperſe the inhabitants therof.

2 And [::] as the people, ſo shal the prieſt be: & as the ſeruant, ſo his maſter: as the handmayde, ſo her miſtreſſe: as the byer, ſo he that ſelleth: as the lender, ſo he that boroweth: as he that asketh his dewe, ſo he that oweth.

3 With diſſipation shal the earth be diſſipated, and with ſpoile it shal be ſpoiled: for our Lord hath ſpoken this worde.

4 The earth hath mourned, and fallen away, and is weakened: the world is fallen away, the height of the people of the earth is weakened.

5 And the earth is infected by the inhabitants therof: becauſe they haue tranſgreſſed the lawes, changed right, diſſipated the euerlaſting couenant.

6 For this cauſe shal malediction deuoure the earth, & the inhabitants therof shal ſinne: and therfore the dwellers therein [::] shal be madde, & few men shal be leaft.

7 The vintage hath mourned, the vine is weakened, al haue ſighed that reioyced in hart.

8 The ioy of tymbrels hath ceaſed, the ſound of them that reioyce is leaſt of, the ſweetnes of the harpe is ſilent.

9 They shal not drinke wine with ſong: the drinke shal be bitter to them that drinke it.

10 The citie of vanitie is broken downe, euerie houſe is shut, no man goeth in.

11 There shal be crying for the wine in the ſtreetes: al mirth is left: the ioy of the earth is caried away.

12 Deſolation is left in the citie, and calamitie shal oppreſſe the gates.

13 Becauſe theſe thinges shal be in the middes of the earth, in the middes of peoples, in like maner as if a few oliues, which are remayning, should be shaken out of the oliue tree; and grapes, when the vintage is ended.

14 Theſe shal lift vp their voice, and prayſe: when our Lord shal be glorified, they shal make a ioyful noiſe from the ſea.

15 For this cauſe in doctrines glorifie our Lord: [::] in the iles of the ſea the name of our Lord the God of Iſrael.

16 From the endes of the earth we haue heard praiſes, the glorie of the iuſt one. And I ſayd: My ſecrete to me, my ſecrete to me, woe is me: the preuaricatours haue preuaricated, and by the preuarication of trangreſſors they haue preuaricated.

17 Feare, and pitte, and ſnare vpon thee, that art inhabiter of the earth.

18 And it shal be: He that shal flee from the voice of feare, shal fal into the pitte: and he that shal rid him ſelfe out of the pitte, shal be held in the ſnare: becauſe the fludgates from on high are opened, and the fundations of the earth shal be shaken.

19 With breaking shal the earth the broken, with bruiſing shal the earth be bruiſed, with mouing shal the earth be moued,

20 With shaking shal the earth be shaken as a drunken man, and shal be taken away as the tabernacle of one night: and the iniquitie therof shal be heauie vpon it, and it shal fal, and not adde to riſe againe.

21 And it thal be: In that day our Lord wil viſite vpon the hoſte of heauen on high, and vpon the kinges of the earth, that are vpon the earth.

22 And they shal be gathered together as the gathering of a bundel into the lake, and shal be shut there in priſon: and after manie daies they shal be viſited.

23 And the moone shal be confounded, when the Lord of hoſtes shal reigne in mount Sion, and in Ieruſalem, & shal be glorified in the ſight of his ancients.

Marginal notes to Chapter 24

  • 1 Oſee. 4.
  • 2 [::] Diuerſitie of ſtates which is now in the world, ſhal ceaſe at the general iudgement, and al men shal receiue according to their delertes.
  • 6 [::] Nere the end of the world, manie forgetting the law of God, & nature, wil rage in extreme furie againſt others, perſecuting & murthering one an other, eſpecially the wicked afflicting the good: which our Sauiour deſcribeth (Mat. 24) ſaying: Nation shal riſe againſt nation. You shal be odious to al nations for my ſake. Iniquitie shal abound. &c.
  • 15 [::] This ioyful propagation of Gods glorie and name, is either vnderſtood to be prophecied of the Church in general, which is as an iland of the whole world: or properly and particularly (amongſt other gentiles) of ⟨illegible⟩la⟨illegible⟩des conuerted to Chriſt: as great Britannie & others.
  • 18 Iere. 48.

Chapter 25

CHAP. XXV. The Prophet geueth thankes to God for his meruelous workes, 7. and great benefites, in lightning manie with faith, washing away ſinnes, and geuing grace, and eternal glorie.

1 OLORD thou art my God, I wil exalt thee, and confeſſe to thy name: becauſe thou haſt done meruelous thinges, the old cogitations faithful, [::] Amen.

2 Becauſe thou haſt brought the citie into a heape, the ſtrong citie into ruine, the houſe of ſtrangers: that it be no citie, & that it be not built for euer.

3 For this shal ſtrong people prayſe thee, the citie of ſtrong nations shal feare thee.

4 Becauſe thou art become a ſtrength to the poore, a ſtrength to the needie in his tribulation: an hope againſt the whirlwinde, a shadow againſt the heate. For the ſpirit of the ſtrong is as a whirlwinde beating againſt a wal.

5 As heate in thirſt, shalt thou humble the tumult of ſtrangers: and as with heate vnder a burning cloude thou shalt make the branch of the ſtrong to wither.

6 And the Lord of hoſtes shal make to [::] al peoples in this mount, a feaſt of fat thinges, a feaſt of vintage, of fat thinges ful of marrow, of vintage purified from the dregges.

7 And he shal in this mount throw downe headlong the face of the bond, tied together vpon al peoples, and the webbe that he hath begune vpon al nations.

8 He shal caſt death downe headlong for euer: and our Lord God shal take away teare from al face, and the reproch of his people he shal take away out of the whole earth: becauſe our Lord hath ſpoken it.

9 And he shal ſay in that day: Loe this is our God, we haue expected him, and he wil ſaue vs: this is our Lord, we haue patiently wayted for him, we shal reioyce and be ioyful in his ſaluation.

10 Becauſe the hand of our Lord shal reſt in this mount: and Moab shal be treshed vnder him, as ſtraw is broken with the wayne.

11 And he shal ſtretch forth his handes vnder him, as he that ſwimmeth ſtretcheth forth to ſwimme: and he shal humble his glorie with dashing of his handes.

12 And the munitions of thy high walles shal fal, and be humbled, & shal be plucked downe to the grownd euen to the duſt.

Marginal notes to Chapter 25

  • 1 [::] The prophet and faithful people confeſſing Gods benefites, and perfect performance of whatſoeuer he promiſeth, or determineth, conforming their deſires to his pleaſure, ſay: Amen: as wel in proſperitie, when he deliuereth, and bleſſeth them, as in aduerſitie, when he punisheth: by the deſtruction of Ieruſalem▪ which is here prophecied, and the like.
  • 6 [::] After the reiection of the Iewes al Gentiles shal be conuerted to Chriſt.
  • 8 Apoc. 7. & ⟨illegible⟩1.

Chapter 26

CHAP. XXVI. A Canticle of thankes for changing the old Synagogue into the Church of Christ: Which hath more light of true faith, 12. and more patience in tribulations: 19. Which in the general reſurrection shal be made manifeſt.

1 IN [::] THAT day shal this ſong be ſung in the land of Iuda. [::] Sion the citie of our ſtrength a Sauiour, therin shal be put :: a wal and bulworke.

2 Open ye the gates, and let the iuſt nation enter in, that keepeth truth.

3 The old errour is gone: thou wilt keepe peace: peace, becauſe, we haue hoped in thee.

4 You haue hoped in our Lord in worldes euerlaſting, in our Lord God ſtrong for euer.

5 Becauſe he wil bowe downe them that dwel on high, the high citie he wil abaſe. He wil abaſe it euen to the ground, he wil plucke it downe euen to the duſt.

6 The foote shal treade it downe, the feete of the poore, the ſteppes of the needie.

7 The path of the iuſt is right, the path of the iuſt is right to walke in.

8 And in the path of thy iudgements ô Lord, we haue patiently expected thee: thy name, and thy memorial are in the deſire of the ſoule.

9 My ſoule hath deſired thee in the night: yea and with my [::] ſpirit in my hart I wil watch to thee in the morning. When thou shalt doe thy iudgments in the earth, the inhabitants of the world shal learne iuſtice.

10 Let vs haue mercie on the impious, and he wil not learne iuſtice: in the land of the holie he hath done wicked thinges, and he shal not ſee the glorie of our Lord.

11 Lord thy hand be exalted, and let them not ſee: let the enuious people ſee, and be confounded: and let fyre deuoure thine enimies.

12 Lord thou wilt geue peace to vs: for al our workes thou haſt wrought to vs.

13 O Lord our God, there haue lordes beſides thee poſſeſſed vs, onlie in thee let vs remember thy name.

14 Let not the dead liue, let not the giants riſe againe: therfore haſt thou viſited and deſtroyed them, & haſt deſtroyed al their memorie.

15 Thou haſt bene fauorable to the nation ô Lord, thou haſt bene fauourable to the nation: waſt thou glorified? thou haſt made al the endes of the earth far of.

16 Lord in diſtreſſe they haue ſought after thee, in tribulation of murmur thy doctrine was to them.

17 As she that conceiueth, when she draweth neere to be deliuered, being ſorowful crieth in her paines: ſo are we become at thy preſence ô Lord.

18 We haue conceiued, and as it were traueled, and brought forth the ſpirit: ſaluations we haue not done in the earth, therfore the inhabitants of the earth haue not fallen.

19 Thy [::] dead shal liue, my ſlaine shal riſe againe: awake, and prayſe ye that dwel in the duſt: becauſe [::] the dew of the light is thy dew; & [::] the land of the giants thou shalt plucke downe into ruine.

20 Goe my people, enter into thy chambers, shut thy doores vpon thee, be hid a litle for a moment, til the indignation paſſe.

21 For behold our Lord wil come out of his place, to viſite the iniquitie of the inhabitant of the earth againſt him: and the earth shal reuele her bloud, and shal couer her ſlaine no more.

Marginal notes to Chapter 26

  • 1 [::] In the time of grace geuen by Chriſt his whole Church ſingeth this and other like canticles of praiſes.
  • 1 [::] Other peoples haue their peculiar proper cities: Babylon, Damaſcus, Tyrus, Sidon, &c. but al Chriſtians haue one citie the Catholique Church ſignified by Sion.
  • 9 [::] Fenſed vvith vval, and bul vvorke, of faith & good vvorkes. S. Ierom here noteth that the ſenſe of this Canticle is hard, by reaſon of often and ſudaine inter locutions of diuers perſons conſiſting in queſtions and anſvvers. To vvhoſe lerned commentaries vve remitte the ſtudious readers.
  • 19 [::] A prophecie of the general reſurrection of al men.
  • 19 [::] Some in glorie.
  • 19 [::] Some in miſerie.
  • 21 Mich. 1

Chapter 27

CHAP. XXVII. God comforteth the faithful, promiſing to destroy the wicked. 3. Chriſts coming is againe prophecied, with propagation of his Goſpel, and conuerſion of al nations.

1 IN that day our Lord wil viſite with his ſore, and great, and ſtrong ſword vpon Leuiathan [::] the ſerpent, :: the barre, and vpon Leuiathan the crooked ſerpent, and shal kil the whale that is in the ſea.

2 In that day the vineyard of pure wine shal ſing to it.

3 I the Lord that keepe it, I wil ſodenly drinke to it: leſt perhaps there be viſitation agaynſt it, night and day I kepe it.

4 There is no indignation in me: who wil geue me to be thorne and bryer in battel: to goe vpon it, to ſet it on fyre together?

5 Or rather shal he hold my ſtrength, shal he make peace with me, shal he make peace with me?

6 They that goe in with violence to Iacob, Iſrael shal florish and ſpring, and they shal fil the face of the world with ſeede.

7 Hath he ſtriken him according to his ſtroke that ſtroke him? or as he killed his ſlaine, is he killed?

8 In meaſure againſt meaſure, when it shal be caſt of, thou shalt iudge it. He hath meditated in his hard ſpirite during the day of heate.

9 Therfore vpon this shal the iniquitie be forgeuen to the houſe of Iacob: and this is al the fruite that the ſinne therof be taken away, when he shal haue layd al the ſtones of the altar, as ſtones of ashes broken, the groues & temples shal not ſtand.

10 For the defenſed citie shal be deſolate, the beautiful citie shal be forſaken, and shal be left as a deſert, there shal the calfe feede, and there he shal lie, and shal conſume the toppes therof.

11 The harueſts therof shal be deſtroyed in drught, wemen coming and teaching it: for it is not a wiſe people, therfore shal not he that made it, haue mercie on it: and he that formed it, shal not ſpare it.

12 And it shal be, in that day our Lord wil ſtrike from the chanel of the riuer, euen to the torrent of Aegypt, and you shal be gathered together one and one ô children of Iſrael.

13 And it shal be: in that day a ſound shal be made with a great trompet, and they that were loſt, shal come from the land of the Aſſirians, and that were caſt out, from the land of Aegypt, and shal adore our Lord in the holie mount in Ieruſalem.

Marginal notes to Chapter 27

  • 1 Iob. 40.
  • 1 [::] Tyrants are called ſerpents for their ſuttle poyſenful malice, and barres becauſe they hold men faſt incloſed in bondage. And for the ſame reaſons the diuel is called a ſerpent, and a barre.

Chapter 28

CHAP. XXVIII. Tribulations are threatned to the tenne tribes of Iſrael, for their pride, and voluptuoſnes. (5. God stil protecting ſome who ſerue him ſincerely) 7 and for contempt of Religion. 16. But God wil lay a ſure fundation in Sion, 20. Wil punish the wicked, 24. and comforth the good.

1 VVOE to the crowne of pride, to the drunkards of [::] Ephraim, and to the flowre falling downe from the glorie of his exultation, which were in the toppe of the moſt fatte valley, erring by wine.

2 Behold our Lord is valiant and ſtrong, as the violence of hayle: a whirle wind breaking, the violence of manie waters ouerflowing, & ſent forth vpon a large ground.

3 The crowne of pride of the drunkards of Ephraim shal be troden vnder feete.

4 And the flowre of the glorie of his exultation, which is vpon the toppe of the valley of fatte ones, shal be falling as a timely fruite before the ripeneſſe of autumme: which when he that ſeeth it shal behold, as ſoone as he taketh it in his hand, he wil deuoure it.

5 [::] In that day the Lord of hoſtes shal be a crowne of glorie, and [::] a garland of exultation to the reſidue of his people:

6 and [::] a ſpirit of iudgement to him that ſitteth in iudgement, and [::] ſtrength to them that returne out of battel to the gate.

7 But theſe alſo haue bene ignorant becauſe of wine, and by drunkennes haue erred: the prieſt and the prophete haue bene ignorant becauſe of drunkennes, they are ſwalowed vp with wine, they haue erred in drunkennes, they haue not knowne him that ſeeth, they haue bene ignorant of iudgement.

8 For al tables were filled with vomiting and filth, ſo that there was no more place.

9 Whom shal he teach knowledge? and whom shal he make to vnderſtand the thing heard? them that are weyned from the milke, that are plucked away from the breaſts.

10 For command recommand, command recommand; expect reexpect, expect reexpect; a litle there, a litle there.

11 For in the ſpeach of lippe, and in an other tougue he wil ſpeake to his people.

12 To whom he ſayd: This is my reſt, refresh the wearie, and this is my refreshing: & they would not heare.

13 And the word of our Lord shal be to them; [::] command recommand, command recommand; expect reexpect, expect reexpect; a litle there a litle there: that they may goe, and fal backward, and be deſtroyed, and ſnared, and taken.

14 For this cauſe heare the word of our Lord ye ſcorneful men, which rule ouer my people, that is in Ieruſalem.

15 For you haue ſayd: We haue ſtroken a league with death, and with hel we haue made a couenant. The ſcourge ouerflowing when it shal paſſe, shal not come vpon vs: becauſe we haue made lying our hope, and with lying we are protected.

16 Therfore thus ſayth our Lord God: Behold I wil ſend in the foundations of Sion a ſtone, an approued ſtone, a corner ſtone, pretious founded in the foundation. He that beleueth, let him not make haſt.

17 And I wil put iudgement in weight, and iuſtice in meaſure: and haile shal ouerthrow the hope of lying: and waters shal ouerflow the protection.

18 And your league with death shal be abolished, and your couenant with hel shal not ſtand: when the ſcourge ouerflowing shal paſſe, you shal be troden downe of it.

19 Whenſoeuer it shal paſſe through, it shal take you away: becauſe in the morning early it shal paſſe through, in the day and in the night, and vexation alone shal geue vnderſtanding in the hearing.

20 For the bed is ſtreitened, ſo that one muſt fal out, and a short mantel can not couer both.

21 For our Lord shal ſtand as in the mount of diuiſions: as in the valley, which is in Gabaon, shal he be angrie: that he may doe his worke, his ſtrange worke: that he may worke, his worke is ſtrange from him.

22 And now mocke not, leſt perhaps your bonds be tied ſtrayte. For I haue heard of our Lord the God of hoſtes conſummation and abridgement vpon al the earth.

23 Harken with your eares, and heare my voice, attend, and heare my ſpeach.

24 Wil [::] the ploughman plowe al the day to ſow, wil he cut and harrow his ground?

25 Wil he not when he hath made euen the face therof, ſprinkle cummine, and place the wheate by order, and the barley, and millet, and vetche, in their bondes?

26 And his God wil inſtruct him in iudgement: he wil teach him.

27 For :: gith shal not be threshed with inſtruments that haue teeth, neither shal the wayne wheele turne about vpon cummine: but gith shal be beaten out with a rodde, and cummine with a ſtaffe.

28 But bread corne shal be broken ſmal: [::] but the thresher shal not thresh it for euer, neither shal the wayne wheele vexe it, nor breake it with the teeth therof.

29 And this is come forth from our Lord the God of hoſtes, that he might make his counſel meruelous, and magnifie iuſtice.

Marginal notes to Chapter 28

  • 1 The fourt part. Prophetical admonitions to both the kingdomes of Iſrael and Iuda.
  • 1 [::] By Ephraim is vnderſtood the kingdom of Iſrael, whoſe firſt king Ieroboam was of that tribe.
  • 5 [::] After that the tenne tribes were caried captiues (4 Reg. 17.) God deliuered the two tribes out of imminent danger. (4. Reg 18. 19)
  • 5 [::] geuing peace to their people:
  • 6 [::] ſpirite of iudgement to king Ezechias:
  • 6 [::] and victorie to the ſouldiars.
  • 13 [::] Becauſe Iſaias & other holie prophetes often and much vrged, not only the people, but alſo prieſtes (vvhich had rule ouer the people) to kepe Gods commandments, and to expect his mercie and goodnes, they ſcornfully repete the ſame wordes, deriding ſuch exhortations & deſperatly geuing themſelues to al wickednes, as if they neither feared death nor hel. v. 15.
  • 16 Mat. 21. v 42.
  • 16 Act. 4. 1. Pet. 2.
  • 17 Rom. 9.
  • 21 2. Reg. 5. 1. Par. 14
  • 21 Ioſue. 10
  • 24 [::] As husbanmen diſpoſe their workes in order: ſo God ſometimes worketh miracles, ſometimes geueth benefites, ſometimes ſendeth afflictions: and greater to ſome then to others.
  • 28 [::] But none are continually afflicted without intermiſſion.

Chapter 29

CHAP. XXIX. The Prophet bewaleth the Iewes deſtruction, 9. for their blinde obſtinacie; 17. prophecying the Gentiles conuerſion.

1 VVOE to [::] Ariel, Ariel the citie, which Dauid ouercame: yeare is added to yeare: the ſolemnities are at an end.

2 And I wil make a trench about Ariel, and it shal be ſorowful & moorning, and it shal be to me as Ariel.

3 And I wil compaſſe as a ſphere round about thee, and wil caſt a rampier againſt thee, and place munitions to beſiege thee.

4 Thou shalt be humbled, thou shalt ſpeake out of the earth, and out of the gronnd thy ſpeach shal be heard: and thy voice shal be out of the earth as the Pythons, and out of the ground thy ſpeach shal mutter.

5 And the multitude of them that fanne thee shal be as ſmal duſt: and as iſſles paſſing away, the multitude of them, that haue preuailed agaynſt thee.

6 And it shal be ſodenly forthwith. It shal be viſited of the Lord of hoſtes in thunder, and earth quake, and with great voice of whirlewind and tempeſt, and with flame of deuouring fyre.

7 And the multitude of al nations, that haue fought agaynſt Ariel, shal be as the dreame of a viſion in the night, and al that haue waried, and beſeged & preuailed agaynſt it.

8 And as he that is hungrie dreameth, & eateth, but when he is awake, his ſoule is emptie: & as he that is thirſtie dreameth, and drinketh, and after he is awake, faint as yet thirſteth, and his ſoule is emptie: ſo shal the multitude be of al the Gentiles, that haue fought agaynſt mount Sion.

9 Be aſtonied, and meruel, wauer, and ſtagger: be ye drunke, and not of wine: be moued, & not of drunkenes.

10 Becauſe our Lord hath mingled vnto you the ſpirit of drowſines, he wil shut your eyes, he wil couer your prophetes and princes, that ſee viſions.

11 And the viſion of al shalbe vnto you as the wordes of a booke ſealed: which when they shal geue to him that knoweth letters, they shal ſay: Read this: and he shal anſwer, [::] I can not, for it is ſealed.

12 And the booke shal be geuen to one that knoweth not letters, and it shal be ſayd to him: Reade: and he shal anſwer: [::] I know not letters.

13 And our Lord ſayd: Becauſe this people approcheth with their mouth, and with their lippes glorifieth me, but their hart is far from me, and they haue feared me by the commandement and doctrines of men:

14 therfore behold I wil adde to make admiration to this people, by a great and wonderful miracle: for wiſdom shal perish from their wiſe men, and the vnderſtanding of their prudent shal be hid.

15 Woe vnto you that are deepe of hart, to hide your counſel from our Lord: whoſe workes are in darkenes, and they ſay: Who ſeeth vs, and who knoweth vs?

16 This your cogitation is peruerſe: as if the clay should thinke againſt the potter, and the worke should ſay to the maker therof: Thou madeſt me not: or the thing formed should ſay to the fashioner therof: Thou vnderſtandeſt not.

17 Shal not yet within a litle while, and in a short time Libanus be turned into Charmel, & Charmel reputed for a foreſt?

18 And in that day the deafe shal heare the wordes of the booke, and out of the darkenes and miſt the eies of the blinde shal ſee.

19 And the meeke shal adde ioyfulneſſe in our Lord, and the poore men shal reioyce in the holie one of Iſrael.

20 Becauſe he hath fayled that did preuaile, the ſcorner is conſumed, and they are al cut downe that watched vpon iniquitie:

21 that made men ſinne in word, and ſupplanted him that reproued them in the gate, and declined in vayne from the iuſt.

22 For this cauſe, thus ſayth our Lord to the houſe of Iacob, he that redemed Abraham: Iacob shal not now be confounded, neither shal now his countenance be ashamed:

23 but when he shal ſee his children, the workes of mine handes in the middes of him ſanctifying my name, and they shal ſanctifie the holie one of Iacob, and shal preach the God of Iſrael,

24 and they that erre in ſpirit, shal know vnderſtanding, and the mutteters shal learne the law.

Marginal notes to Chapter 29

  • 1 [::] Ari ſignifieth a lion, El God: So Ieruſalem called the lion of God, to witte a ſtrong citie, is threatned with deſtruction, which happened firſt by the Babylonians. 4. Reg. 25 againe more miſerably by Titus & Veſpaſian, 40. yeares after Chriſts death.
  • 1 2. Reg. 5. 1 Par. 11
  • 1 Luc. 19.
  • 11 [::] Scribes and Phariſes pretending knowlege of Scriptures, can not read Chriſt in the Prophets, becauſe theſe bookes are ſealed (or loeked) and they haue not the key. Apoc. 3.
  • 12 [::] The Gentiles could not read Chriſt in theſe bookes, becauſe they knew not letters of the holie Scriptures. S. Ierom Praemio. in Iſaiam.
  • 13 Mat. 15.
  • 13 Mar. 7.
  • 15 1. Cor. ⟨illegible⟩.
  • 16 Eccli. 29.

Chapter 30

CHAP. XXX. The Iewes are blamed for ſeeking counſel, and helpe of the Aegyptians. 18. but if they repent, they shal find releefe, and ſpiritual riches of the ſoule. 27. Gods iudgement wil be ſtrict: 33. and hel is moſt horrible.

1 VVOE [::] vnto [*] renegate children, ſayth our Lord, that you would take counſel, and not of me: & would beginne a webbe, and not by my ſpirite, that you might adde ſinne vpon ſinne:

2 which walke to goe downe into Aegypt, & haue not asked my mouth, hoping for helpe in the ſtrength of Pharao, and hauing confidence in the shadow of Aegypt.

3 And the ſtrength of Pharao shal be a confuſion to you, and the confidence of the shadow of Aegypt an ignominie.

4 For thy princes were in Tanis, and thy meſſengers came euen to Hanes.

5 Al were confounded vpon the people, that could not profite them: they were no helpe, nor to any profite, but to confuſion and to reproch.

6 The burden of the beaſtes of the South. In a land of tribulation and diſtreſſe, the lioneſſe, and the lion of them, the viper & the flying baſiliſcus carying their riches vpon the shoulders of beaſts, and their treaſures vpon the bunch of camels to a people, that can not be able to profite them.

7 For Aegypt shal helpe in vaine, and to no purpoſe: therfore haue I cried vpon this: It is pride onlie, ceaſe.

8 [::] Now therfore going in write to her vpon boxe, and drawe it diligently in a booke, and it shal be in the latter day for a teſtimonie for euer.

9 For it is a people prouoking to wrath, and lying children, children that wil not heare the law of God.

10 Which ſay to the ſeers: See not: and to them that behold: Behold vs not thoſe thinges that are right: Speake vnto vs pleaſant thinges, ſee errours vnto vs.

11 Take from me the way, turne away the path from me, let the holie one of Iſrael ceaſe from our face.

12 Therfore thus ſayth the holie one of Iſrael: For that you haue reiected this word, & haue hoped in calumnie and tumult, and haue leaned therevpon:

13 therfore shal this iniquitie be vnto you as a breach that falleth, and is found lacking in an high wal, becauſe ſodenly, whiles it is not hoped, shal come the deſtruction therof.

14 And it shal be broken ſmal, as the potters veſſel is broken with mightie breaking: & there shal not a shread be found of the fragments therof, wherein a litle fyre may be caried from the burning, or a litle water be drawen out of the pitte.

15 Becauſe thus ſayth our Lord the God of Iſrael: If you returne and be quiet, you shal be ſaued: in ſilence and in hope shal your ſtrength be. And you would not:

16 and you haue ſayd: No, but we wil flee to horſes: therfore shal you flee. And we wil mount vpon ſwift ones: therfore shal they be fwifter, that shal perſecute you.

17 A thouſand men at the face of the terrour of one: and at the face of the terrour of fiue shal you flee, til you be leaft as the maſt of a shippe in the toppe of a mountaine, and as a ſigne vpon a litle hil.

18 Therfore our Lord expecteth that he may haue mercie on you: and therfore shal he be exalted ſparing you: becauſe our Lord is the God of iudgment: bleſſed are al they that expect him

19 For the people of Sion shal dwel in Ieruſalem: weeping thou shalt not weepe, pitying he wil pitie thee: at the voice of thy crie as ſoone as he shal heare, he wil anſwer thee.

20 And our Lord wil geue you ſtraite bread, and short water: and wil not make thy doctor to flee away from thee any more: and thine eies shal ſee thy maſter.

21 And thine eares shal heare the word of him, that behinde thy backe admonisheth thee: This is the way, walke in it: and decline ye not neither to the right hand, nor to the left.

22 And thou shalt contaminate the plates of the ſculptils of thy ſiluer, and the garment of the molten of thy gold, and shalt ſcatter them as the vncleannes of a menſtruous woman. Thou shalt ſay to it: Get thee hence.

23 And rayne shal be geuen to thy ſeede, whereſoeuer thou shalt ſow in the land: and the bread of the corne of the land shal be moſt plentiful, and fatte. The lambe in that day shal feede at large in thy poſſeſſion:

24 and thyne oxen, as the aſſe coltes, that til the ground, shal eate mingled prouender as it was fanned in the floore.

25 And there shal be vpon euerie high mountayne, and vpon euerie litle hil eleuated, riuers of running waters in the day of the killing of manie when the towres shal fal.

26 And [::] the light of the moone shal be as the light of the ſunne, and the light of the ſunne shal be ſeuenfold, as the light of ſeuen daies in the day, when our Lord shal bind vp the wound of his people, & shal heale the ſtroke of their wound.

27 Behold the name of our Lord commeth from farre, his [::] burning furie, and heauie to beare: his lippes are filled with indignation, and his tongue as a deuouring fire.

28 His ſpirite as a torrent ouerflowing euen to the middes of the necke, to deſtroy the nations to nothing, and the bridle of errour, that was in the iawes of peoples.

29 There shal be a ſong vnto you as the night of a ſanctified ſolemnitie, and ioy of hart as he that goeth with a shaulme, to enter into the mount of our Lord to the ſtrong one of Iſrael.

30 And our Lord shal make the glorie of his voice to be heard, and shal shew the terrour of his arme, in threatening of furie, and flame of deuouring fyre: he shal dashe to peeces in whirl winde, and in haile ſtone.

31 For at the voice of our Lord shal Aſſur feare being ſtroken with the rod.

32 And the paſſage of the rod shal neuer ceaſe, which our Lord shal make to reſt vpon him in [::] tymbrels and harpes▪ and in principal battels he shal ouerthrow them.

33 For [*] Topheth is prepared ſince yeſterday, prepared of the king, deepe, and wide. The nourishments therof, fyre & much wood: the breath of our Lord as a torrent of brinſtone kindling it.

Marginal notes to Chapter 30

  • 1 [::] You that truſt in your owne counſels and forces, or in other mens and not in God, shal finde the miſerable euent of your follie, as is before noted. chap. 2⟨illegible⟩.
  • 1 [*] Apoſtatae. or, denyers.
  • 8 [::] Either Iſaias was commanded to write this which should be fulfilled manie yeares after; or els he ſpeaketh prophetically to Ieremie, nere 200. yeares before he prophecied; ſignifying that he ſhould: hen write it, as in dede he did. Iere. 41 &c.
  • 18 Pſal. ⟨illegible⟩3.
  • 26 [::] This claritie in ſunne and moone shal be after the general reſurrection.
  • 27 [::] Chriſt wil exerciſe his ſeuere iuſtice in the general iudgement, when he shal bid the damned goe into euerlaſting fire. Mat. 25.
  • 32 [::] If often happeareth that when e⟨illegible⟩il men ſeme moſt ſecure, they ⟨illegible⟩al into ſodaine calamities.
  • 33 [*] Hel.

Chapter 31

CHAP. XXXI. The prophet further bewayleth the Iewes calamitie, into which they shal fal for their confederacie with the Aegyptians. 5. Yet God wil protect ⟨illegible⟩eruſalem: 8. and ouerthrow Senacharib.

1 VVOE to them that goe downe into Aegypt for helpe, hoping in horſes, and hauing confidence vpon chariots, becauſe they be manie: and vpon horſemen, becauſe they be very ſtrong: and haue [::] not truſted vpon the holie one of Iſrael, & haue not ſought after our Lord.

2 But he that is the wiſe one hath brought euil, and hath not taken away his wordes: and he wil riſe vp againſt the houſe of the wicked, & againſt the ayde of them that worke iniquitie.

3 Aegypt, a man, and not God: and their horſes, flesh, and not ſpirite: and our Lord shal bowe downe his hand, and the helper shal fal, and he that is holpen shal fal, and they shal al be confounded together.

4 Becauſe thus ſayth our Lord to me: As if a lion should roare, and the lions whelpe vpon his praye, & when a multitude of shepheards shal come againſt him, he wil not feare at their voice, and of their multitude he wil not be afrayd: ſo shal the Lord of hoſtes deſcend, [::] to fight vpon mount Sion, and vpon the litle hil therof.

5 As birdes that flie, ſo wil the Lord of hoſtes protect Ieruſalem, protecting and deliuering, paſſing and ſauing.

6 Returne as you reuolted deeply ô children of Iſrael.

7 For in that day man shal caſt away the idols of his ſiluer, and the idols of his gold, which your handes haue made you into ſinne.

8 And Aſſur shal fal by the ſword not of man, and the ſword not of man shal deuoure him, & he shal flee not at the face of the ſword: and his yong men shal be tributaries:

9 and his ſtrength shal paſſe away at the terrour, & his princes fleing shal be afrayd: our Lord hath ſayd it: whoſe fyre is in Sion, & his fornace in Ieruſalem.

Marginal notes to Chapter 31

  • 1 Iere. 42.
  • 1 [::] Both this Prophet, and afterwards ⟨illegible⟩ere⟨illegible⟩e admoniſhed the Iewes not to truſt in the Aegyptians, but they contemning this admonition shewed in their deedes that they diſtruſted God, not be leuing nor obeying his prophetes: & for the ſame were at laſt punished.
  • 4 [::] In the meane time God deſtroyed the armie of Sennaca⟨illegible⟩b be ſeging Ieruſalem. 4 Reg. 19. But they forgote this and manie other examples of Gods powre and loue.
  • 7 Iſai. 2.

Chapter 32

CHAP. XXXII. The prophet conforteth the Iewes, foreshewing that their king Ezechias wil rule wel, and proſper; but most eſpecially prophecieth of Chriſt. 9. That they shal be reiected for perſecuting him, 15. and his Church shal proſper.

1 BEHOLD “the king shal“ reigne in iuſtice, & the princes shal rule in iudgement.

2 And a man shal be as he that is hid from the wind, and hideth himſelfe from a tempeſt, as riuers of waters in drought, and the shadow of a rocke that ſtandeth out in a deſert ground.

3 The eies of them that ſee, shal not be dimme, and the eares of them that heare, shal harken diligently.

4 And the hart of fooles shal vnderſtand knowlege, and the tongue [::] of mafflers shal ſpeake readely and plaine.

5 He that is vnwiſe shal no more be called prince: neither shal the deceitful be called the greater man:

6 for the foole shal ſpeake foolish thinges, and his hart shal doe iniquitie, that he may worke ſimulation, and ſpeake to our Lord deceitfully, and make emptie the ſoule of the hungrie, and take away drinke from the thirſtie.

7 The veſſels of the deceitful are moſt wicked: for he hath framed deuiſes to vndoe the meeke, with the word of lying, when the poore man ſpake iudgement.

8 But the prince wil thinke theſe thinges, that are worthie of a prince, & he shal ſtand aboue the dukes.

9 Ye [*] riche wemen ariſe, and heare my voice: ye confident daughters geue eare to my ſpeach.

10 For after dayes, & a yeare you shal be trubled that haue confidence: for the vintage is at an end, the gathering wil no more come.

11 Be aſtonied ye riche wemen, be trubled ye confident: ſtrippe you, and be confounded, gird your loynes.

12 Moorne vpon your breaſts, vpon the countrie worthie to be deſtroved, vpon the fruitful vineyard.

13 Vpon the ground of my people shal thornes and bryars come vp: how much more vpon al the houſes of ioy, of the citie reioycing?

14 For the houſe is forſaken, the multitude of the citie is leaft, darkeneſſe and palpableneſſe are made vpon the dennes for euer.

15 The ioy of wilde aſſes the paſtures of flockes, vntil the ſpirit be powred out vpon vs from on high: and the deſert shal be as charmel, and charmel shal be reputed for a foreſt.

16 And iudgement shal dwel in the wildernes, and iuſtice shal ſit in charmel.

17 And the worke of iuſtice shal be peace, and the ſeruice of iuſtice ſilence, and ſecuritie for euer.

18 And my people shal ſitte in the beautie of peace, and in the tabernacles of confidence, and in wealthie reſt.

19 But haile in falling vpon the foreſt, and the citie shal be humbled with lowneſſe.

20 Bleſſed are ye, that ſow vpon al waters, ſending in the foote of the oxe and the aſſe.

Marginal notes to Chapter 32

  • 1 The fift part. Of the captiuitie, and relaxation of the kingdom of Iuda: with other afflictions and comfortes; but eſpecially of Chriſt and his Church.
  • 4 [::] Albeit manie thinges in this and other places perteyne firſt and literally to the old teſtament: yet al are in figure, and ſome thinges haue no other literal ſenſe but of the new teſtament. As this prophecie of maffling, or vnperfect tongues, to ſpeake readily, is fulfilled in the Church of Chriſt; plainly and diſtinctly confeſſing al Myſteries of Catholique faith and religion: and the like, which can not be verified in the Iewiſh people.
  • 9 [*] Noble cities of Iuda.

ANNOTATIONS. CHAP. XXXII.

1. The king shal reigne.] Some expound this whole paſſage of Ezechias, or [Margin: This & manie other prophecies perteyne to the old teſtament as in figure, alluding to the hiſtorie, but principally to Chriſt, and his Church.] Ioſias kinges of Iuda, and of the chiefe princes vnder them: but ſo great effectes▪ as be here prophecied, were not fully verified in them, but as in figure only of a more excellent king, and his principal ſeruantes, that ſhould folovv aftervvards. For albeit theſe vvere very good kinges, and had good and vviſe counſelers, & gouerners vnder them: yet they had not that perfect iudgement, nor performed that complete iuſtice, vvherby the ſubiectes enioyed ſuch peace, reſt, ſafetie, and conſolation, as be here deſcribed, by the metaphores, and ſimilitudes of men hid from vvinde, ſafe from tempeſt, refreſhed vvith waters in their heate, and ſhadovved by a rock from the burning ſunne in the deſert, vvith the like. And therfore S Ierom, and other Chriſtian Doctors vnderſtand it of Chriſt, vvho hath moſt perfect iudgement and iuſtice; and of his Apoſtles, and other Paſtors of his Church, vvho by vnction of the Holie Ghoſt, participate more abundantly of Chriſts grace, then did the prieſtes, & other rulers in the old teſtament. And ſo Chriſtian people receiue theſe benefites of peace, reſt, protection, refreſhing in ſoule, & conſcience, & other ſpiritual comfortes in Chriſt, by the myſteries of the nevv Teſtament, vvhich the faithful of the old Teſtament could not receiue by their kinges & princes, nor by prieſtes and prophets of that time. The ſame vve might deduce of innumerable other [Margin: Pref. of prophetical bookes.] places of this & other Prophetes: but it is not our * purpoſe to explicate much in this Edition.

1. Reigne in iuſtice: and rule in iudgement.] Here alſo to auoide prolixitie, vve may once note that theſe vvordes: Iudgement, and Iuſtice, haue a ſa⟨illegible⟩e other [Margin: VVhat the wordes, Iudgement and Iuſtice ſignifie.] higher and more excellent ſignification in holie Scriptures (vvhere they moſt frequently occurre) then in prophane vvritings, and natural or moral philoſophical diſcourſes. For Philoſophers, ſuch as Plato and Ariſtotel, could reach no further then to natural reaſon, vvhich they called right iudgement: and to moral equitie, vvhich in general they named iuſtice. But the Holie Ghoſt by theſe vvordes reueleth moſt high ſpiritual myſteries, knovven by faith, moſt comfortable to mens ſoules, releeuing and refreſhing the conſciences of penitents in this life, & repleniſhing the iuſt vvith vnſpeakable gladnes in eternal glorie. Therfore in the ſenſe vſual in holy Scripture, Iudgement is the act of the mind, [Margin: Definition of Iudgement and Iuſtice as they are vſed in the holie Scriptures. Both applied to Gods, and mens actions.] or vnderſtanding, diſcerning what is right, iuſt, & agreing to reaſon: And Iuſtice is the rectitude of the vvil, doing conformably to right direction of the mind, or vnderſtanding. And ſo theſe wordes are applied to ſignifie both Gods, and iuſt mens actions. As that vvhich God mercifully decreed in eternitie, and promiſed after the fal of man, to do for mankind, as conuenient for his Diuine Povvre, VViſdom, Iuſtice, Mercie, & Goodnes; vvith al the meanes vvhich he ordained for effecting the ſame, is called his Iudgement; and the performing and accompliſhment therof, ſo ſa⟨illegible⟩re as is of his part, is called his Iuſtice. Alſo that vvhich anie man diſcuſſeth, diſcerneth, and determineth in his vnderſtanding, as right, or reaſonable in ſupernatural thinges, is called his ſpiritual iudgement; and that vvhich he doth of his freevvil according to the ſame right iudgement, is called his iuſtice. So in this place the Prophet forſhevveth, that Chriſt our Kingvvil reigne in iuſt⟨illegible⟩, that is, performe and fulfil al that he, as God [Margin: Explication of the text.] vvith the Father & the Holie Ghoſt, decreed for Redemption, Iuſtification and Sal⟨illegible⟩ation of men. And the princes▪ his Apoſtles and other Paſtors, shal rule in iudgement: that is, diſcerne and iudge, vvhat is right and good for themſelues, and the people in reſpect of their ſoules, and eternal ſaluation.

Chapter 33

CHAP. XXXIII. Sennacherib beſeeging and threatning Ieruſalem, shal be ouerthrowne by Angels. 13. that both wicked arrogant infidels may feele the hand of God, and faithful ſinners repenting after great terror be comforted.

1 VVOE to thee [::] that ſpoileſt, shalt not thy ſelfe alſo be ſpoiled? and that deſpiſeſt shalt not thy ſelf alſo be deſpiſed? when thou shalt haue ended ſpoyling, thou shalt be ſpoyled: when being wearied thou shalt ceaſe to contemne, thou shalt be contemned.

2 O Lord haue mercie vpon vs: for we haue expected thee: be our arme in the morning, and our ſaluation in the time of our tribulation.

3 At the voice of the Angel the peoples fled, and at thy exaltation the nations are diſperſed.

4 And you ſpoiles shal be gathered together as the locuſt is gathered, as when the ditches shal be ful therof.

5 Our Lord is magnified, becauſe he hath dwelt on high: he hath filled Sion with iudgement and iuſtice.

6 And there shal be [::] fayth in thy times: riches of ſaluation wiſdom and knowlege: the feare of our Lord that is his treaſure.

7 Behold they that ſee shal crie without, [::] the angels of peace shal weepe bitterly.

8 The wayes are diſſipated, the paſſenger by the path hath ceaſed, the couenant is made fruſtrate, he hath reiected the cities, he hath not eſtemed the men.

9 The land hath moorned, and languished: Libanus is confounded, and become foule, and Saron is made as a deſert: and Baſan is shaken, & Carmel.

10 Now wil I riſe vp, ſayth our Lord: now wil I be exalted, now wil I be lifted vp.

11 You shal conceiue heate, you shal bring forth ſtubble: your ſpirit as fire shal deuoure you.

12 And the peoples shal be as ashes of a great fyre, thornes gathered together shal be burned with fyre.

13 Heare ye that are far of, what thinges I haue done, and ye that are neere, know my ſtrength.

14 The ſinners are terrified in Sion, trembling hath poſſeſſed the hypocrites. Which of you can dwel with deuouring fyre? which of you shal dwel with euerlaſting heates?

15 He that walketh in iuſtices, and ſpeaketh truth, that caſteth away auarice of oppreſſion, and shaketh his handes from al gift, that ſtoppeth his eares leſt he heare bloud, and shutteth his eyes that he may ſee no euil.

16 This man shal dwel on high, the munitions of rockes shal be his highnes: bread is geuen to him, his waters are faithful.

17 His eies shal ſee the king in his beautie, they shal ſee the land farre of.

18 Thy hart shal meditate feare: where is the lerned? where is he that pondereth the wordes of the law? where the teacher of litle ones?

19 The vnwiſe people thou shalt not ſee, the people of profound ſpeach: ſo that thou canſt not vnderſtand the eloquence of his tongue, in whom there is no wiſdome.

20 Looke vpon Sion the citie of our ſolemnitie: thine eies shal ſee Ieruſalem, a rich habitation, a tabernacle [::] that can not be transferred: neither shal the nailes therof be taken away for euer, and al the cordes therof shal not be broken▪

21 becauſe onlie there our Lord is magnifical: a place of floudes, riuers moſt brode and wide: no shippe of rowers shal paſſe by it▪ neither shal the great galley paſſe thereby.

22 For the Lord is our iudge, the Lord is our lawmaker, the Lord is our king: he wil ſaue vs▪

23 Thy cordes are looſed, and they shal not preuaile: thy maſt shal be ſo, that thou canſt not ſpred the ſigne. Then shal the ſpoiles of manie prayes be diuided: the lame shal take the ſpoile.

24 Neither shal the neighbour ſay: I am feble. The people that dwelleth therein, iniquitie shal be taken away from them.

Marginal notes to Chapter 33

  • 1 [::] Sennacarib ſpoyled al the kingdom of Iſrael, and al▪ Iuda ſauing Ieruſalem, which he alſo beſeged, reproching and deſpiſing God: but himſelf was therfore ſpoyled, and deſpiſed.
  • 6 [::] Fidelitie in performing promiſes of good thinges temporal and ſpiritual.
  • 7 [::] Meſſengers ſent to procure peace shal mourne, becauſe they can not obtaine it.
  • 15 Pſal. 14▪
  • 18 1. Cor 1.
  • 20 [::] Both prophecies & hiſtories teſtifie that terrene Ieruſalem was ſubiect to deſtruction, and was deſtroyed, and therfore this is neceſſarily to be vnderſtood of the Church of Chriſt, againſt vvhich he⟨illegible⟩ gates shal neuer preuaile.

Chapter 34

CHAP. XXXIIII. A prophecie of the destruction of the whole world, at the day of Iudgement, 5. and in particular of I dume⟨illegible⟩, 9. & Ieruſalem, as figures therof.

1 COME [::] neere ye Gentiles, and heare, and ye [::] peoples attend let the earth heare, & the fulnes therof▪ the round world, and euerie ſpring therof.

2 Becauſe the indignation of our Lord is vpon al Gentiles, and furie vpon al their hoſtes: he hath killed them, & geuen them into ſlaughter.

3 Their ſlaine shal be caſt forth, and out of their carcaſ⟨illegible⟩es shal riſe a ſtinche: the mountaines shal melt with their bloud.

4 And al the hoſt of the heauens shal melt away, and the heauens shal be folded together as a booke: and al their hoſt shal fal away as the leafe falleth from the vine, and from the figge tree.

5 Becauſe my ſword is inebriated in heauen: behold it shal deſcend vpon Idumaea, and vpon the peoples of my ſlaughter to iudgement▪

6 The ſword of our Lord is filled with bloud, it is fatted of the bloud of lambes and buckgoates, of the bloud of rammes ful of marow: for the victime of our Lord is in [::] Boſra, & agrear ſlaughter in the land of Edom.

7 And the vnicornes shal come downe with them, and the bulles with the mightie: their land shal be drunke with bloud, & their ground with the farnes of fatte ones.

8 Becauſe it is the day of the reuenge of our Lord, the yeare of retributions of the iudgement [::] of Sion.

9 And the torrents therof shal be turned into pitch, and the ground therof into brimſtone: & the land therof shal be into burning pitch▪

10 Night and day it shal not be quenched, the ſmoke therof shal goe vp for euer: from generation vnto generation it shal be deſolate, there shal none paſſe by it world without end.

11 The onocrotalus, and hedgehog shal poſſeſſe it: & the ibis, and the rauen shal dwel in it: and a meaſure shal be ſtretched out vpon it, to bring it to nothing, and a plumme line vnto deſolation.

12 The nobles therof shal not be there: they shal cal rather vpon the king, and al the princes therof shal be as nothing.

13 And thornes and nettles shal grow vp in the houſes therof, and the thiſle in the munitions therof: and it shal be the couche of dragons, and the paſture of oſtriches.

14 And ſpirites shal meete the onocentaurus, and the ſatyr shal crie one to the other, there hath the lamia lien, and found her ſelf reſt.

15 There hath the hedgehog had an hole, and brought vp whelpes, and digged round about, and cherished them in the shadow therof: thither are the kites gathered together, one to an other.

16 Searche ye diligently in the booke of our Lord, and read: one of them hath not wanted, one hath not ſought for the other, becauſe that which procedeth out of my mouth, he hath commanded, and his ſpirit the ſame hath gathered them.

17 And he hath caſt them a lot, and his hand hath diuided it vnto them by meaſure: they shal poſſeſſe it for euer, in generation & generation they shal dwel therein.

Marginal notes to Chapter 34

  • 1 [::] God willeth as vvel the gentiles that were farre of, to come neere.
  • 1 [::] As▪ Iſo the Iewes, that were his pecular people al to attend that he wil deſtroy this whole world, before the general Iudgement.
  • 6 [::] No defence of ſtrong places (ſignified by Boſra) shal ſaue anie men from deſtruction in the day of Iudgement.
  • 8 [::] In the meane time, as a figure therof Sion shal be deſtroyed: and therfore the metaphorical deſtruction folovving rather perteyneth to the ſtate of the damned in the next vvorld then to the afflicted in this life.

Chapter 35

CHAP. XXXV. Gentiles conuerted to Christ shal much reioyce, 5. being comforted and confirmed by his miracles, much more by his internal grace, which bringeth to life euerlaſting.

1 THE [::] deſert and the land without paſſage shal be glad, & the wildernes shal reioyce, and shal florish as the lilie.

2 Springing it shal spring, & shal reioyce ioyful and praiſing: the glorie of Libanus is geuen to it, the beautie of Carmel, and Saron, they shal ſee the glorie of our Lord, and the beautie of our God.

3 Encourege ye the looſe handes, & ſtrengthen the weake knees.

4 Say to the faynt harted: Take courege, and feare not: behold your God shal bring reuenge of retribution: God him ſelf wil come and wil ſaue you.

5 Then shal [::] the eies of the blind be opened, and the eares of the deafe shal be open.

6 Then shal the lame leape as an hart, and the tongue of the dumme shal be opened: becauſe waters are cut out in the deſert, and torrents in the wildernes.

7 And that which was drieland, shal be as a poole, and the thirſtie ground as fountaines of waters. In the dennes wherein dragons dwelt before, shal ſpring vp the greennes of reede and bulrush.

8 And a pathe and a way shal be there, and it shal be called the holie way: the polluted shal not paſſe by it, and this shal be vnto you a direct way, ſo that fooles can not erre by it.

9 The lion shal not be there, and the naughtie beaſt shal not goe vp by it, nor be found there: and they shal walke that shal be deliuered.

10 And the redemed of our Lord shal be conuerted, and shal come into Sion with prayſe, and euerlaſting ioy shal be vpon their head: they shal obteyne ioy and gladnes, and ſorow and mourning shal flee away.

Marginal notes to Chapter 35

  • 1 [::] An euident prophecie of the conuerſion of Gentiles. In whom the Church shal continually ſpring & florish.
  • 5 [::] Chriſt leaning al logical arguments, proued himſelf to be Meſſias by his vvorkes. If ye beleue not me (ſayth ou⟨illegible⟩ B. Sauiour) beleue my vvorkes. Ioan. 10. v. 38.
  • 5 Mat. 15.
  • 6 Mar. 7.
  • 6 ⟨illegible⟩c. 7.

Chapter 36

CHAP. XXXVI. Sennacherib king of Aſſirians hauing taken other cities in Iurie, beſiegeth and threatneth Ieruſalem; 4. reprocheth king Ezechias; 7. blaſphemeth God; 13. and terrifieth the people.

1 AND it came to paſſe [::] in the fourtenth yeare of king Ezechias, Sennacherib king of the Aſſyrians came vp agaynſt al the fenſed cities of Iuda, and tooke them.

2 And the king of the Aſſyrians ſent Rabſaces from Lachis to Ieruſalem, to king Ezechias with a great armie, and he ſtood by the water conduite of the vpper poole in the way of the fullers filde.

3 And there came out to him Eliacim the ſonne of Helcias, who was ouer the houſe, and Sobna the ſcribe, and Ioahe the ſonne of Aſaph the commenter.

4 And Rabſaces ſayd to them: Tel Ezechias: Thus ſayth the great king, the king of the Aſſyrians: What is this confidence, wherevpon thou doſt truſt?

5 or by what counſel or force art thou diſpoſed to rebel? vpon whom haſt thou confidence, that thou art reuolted from me?

6 Loe thou doſt truſt vpon this broken ſtaffe of reede, vpon Aegypt: vpon which if a man leane, it wil enter into his hand, and pearce it: ſo is Pharao the king of Aegypt to al that truſt in him.

7 But if thou wilt anſwer me: We truſt in our Lord God: is it not he [::] whoſe excelſes and altars Ezechias hath taken away, and he ſayd to Iuda and Ieruſalem: Before this altar shal you adore?

8 And now deliuer thyſelf to my lord the king of the Aſſyrians, & I wil geue thee two thouſand horſes, neither shalt thou be able of thyſelf to geue riders for them.

9 And how wilt thou abide the face of the iudge of one place, of the leſſer ſeruants of my Lord? But if thou truſt in Aegypt, in chariotes and in horſemen:

10 and now am I come vp without the Lord vnto this land to deſtroy it? The Lord ſayd to me: Goe vp agaynſt this land, & deſtroy it.

11 And Eliacïm, and Sobna, and Ioahe ſayd to Rabſaces: Speake to thy ſeruants in the Syrian tongue: for we vnderſtand it: ſpeake not to vs in the Iewes language in the eares of the people, that is vpon the wal.

12 And Rabſaces ſayd to them: Why, did my lord ſend me to thy lord and to thee, to ſpeake al theſe wordes; and not rather to the men, that ſitte on the wal; that they may eate their owne dung, and drinke the vrine of their feete with you?

13 And Rabſaces ſtood, & cried with a loude voice in the Iewes language, and ſayd: Heare ye the wordes of the great king, the king of Aſſyrians.

14 Thus ſayth the king: Let not Ezechias ſeduce you, for he shal not be able to deliuer you.

15 And let not Ezechias geue you confidence vpon the Lord, ſaying: Our Lord deliuering wil deliuer vs, this citie shal not be geuen into the hand of the king of Aſſyrians.

16 Heare not Ezechias: for thus ſayth the king of Aſſyrians, doe [::] a bleſſing with me, and come forth to me, and eate ye euerie man of his owne wineyard, and euerie man of his owne figtree, and drinke ye euerie man the water of his owne ceſterne,

17 til I come and take you away to a land, that is as your owne, a land of corne and of wine, a land of bread and vineyards.

18 Neither let Ezechias truble you, ſaying: Our Lord wil deliuer vs. Why, haue the goddes of the nations deliuered euerie one their land out of the hand of the king of Aſſyrians?

19 Where is the god of Emath, and Arphad? where is the god of Sepharuaim? haue they deliuered [::] Samaria out of my hand?

20 Who is there of al the goddes of theſe landes, which hath deliuered their land out of my hand, that the Lord can deliuer Ieruſalem out of any hand?

21 And they held their peace, and anſwered him not a word. For the king had commanded, ſaying: Anſwer him not.

22 And Eliacim the ſonne of Helcias, that was ouer the houſe, and Sobna the ſcribe, and Ioahe the ſonne of Aſaph the commenter, went in to Ezechias their garments rent, and told him the wordes of Rabſaces.

Marginal notes to Chapter 36

  • 1 [::] That which the prophet had foretold by way of prophecie, now he recordeth by way of hiſtorie, & therfore theſe foure next chapters are inſerted in the fourt booke of kinges. ch. 18. 19. and 20. almoſt in the ſame vvordes, & an abridgement therof 2. Paral. 32.
  • 1 4. Reg. 18.
  • 2 2. Par. 32.
  • 7 [::] Such is the blindnes, and malice of infidels, that they confound thinges donne to deſtroy idolatrie, as if the ſame were againſt God.
  • 16 [::] Doe that is profitable for you. 4. Reg 18. v▪ 31.
  • 19 [::] Manie in Samaria ſerued falſe goodes which could not defend them: others ſerued God almightie who for their good ſuffered them to be afflicted.

Chapter 37

CHAP. XXXVII. King Ezechias requeſteth the prayers of Iſaie the prophet, 6. who aſſureth the king of Gods helpe. (8. In the meane time the enimies threatening and blaſpheming, 14. King Ezechias prayeth) 21. God promiſeth to protect Ieruſalem: 36▪ and by an Angel killeth in one night an hundred eigtiefiue thouſand Aſſirians. 37. Their king returneth to Ni⟨illegible⟩ue and is ſlaine by his owne ſonnes.

1 AND it came to paſſe, when king Ezechias had heard it, he [::] rent his garments, and was wrapped in [::] ſackcloth, & entred into the houſe of our Lord.

2 And he ſent Eliacim which was ouer the houſe, and Sobna the ſcribe, and the ancients of the prieſtes couered with ſackclothes to Iſaie, the ſonne of Amos the prophete,

3 and they ſayd to him: Thus ſayth Ezechias: This day is a day of tribulation, and of rebuke, and of blaſphemie: becauſe the children are come euen to the birth, and there is not ſtrength to bring forth.

4 If by any meanes our Lord thy God wil heare the wordes of Rabſaces, whom the king of Aſſyrians his Lord hath ſent to blaſpheme the liuing God▪ & to vpbraide with words which our Lord thy God hath heard: lift vp prayer therfore for the remnant that are left.

5 And the ſeruāts of Ezechias came to Iſaie.

6 And Iſaie ſayd to them: Thus shal you ſay to your maſter: Thus ſaith our Lord: Feare not at the face of the wordes, which thou haſt heard, where with the ſeruants of the king of the Aſſyrians haue blaſphemed me.

7 Behold, I wil geue him a ſpirit, and he shal heare a meſſage▪ and shal returne to his countrie, and I wil make him fal by the ſword in his owne countrie.

8 And Rabſaces returned, and found the king of Aſſyrians fighting agaynſt Lobna. For he heard that he was departed from Lachis,

9 and he heard of Tharaca the king of Aethiopia, them that ſayd: He is come forth to fight agaynſt thee. Which when he had heard, he ſent meſſengers to Ezechias, ſaying:

10 Thus shal you ſay to Ezechaias the king of Iuda, ſpeaking: Let not thy God deceiue thee, in whom thou haſt confidence, ſaying: Ieruſalen shal not be geuen into the hand of the king of the Aſſyrians.

11 Loe thou haſt heard al thinges the kinges of the Aſſyrians haue done to al countries, which they haue ſubuerted, and canſt thou be deliuered?

12 Why, haue the goddes of the nations deliuered them, whom my fathers haue ſubuerted, Gozam, and Haram, and Reſeph, and the children of Eden, that were in Thalaſſar?

13 [::] Where is the king of Emath, and the king of Arphad, and the king of the citie of Sepharuaim, of Ana, & Aua?

14 And Ezechias tooke the letters of the hand of the meſſengers, and read them, and went vp into the houſe of our Lord, and Ezchias layd them open before our Lord▪

15 And Ezchias prayed to our Lord, ſaying:

16 O Lord of hoſtes God of Iſrael, which ſitteſt vpon the Cherubs, thou art the onlie God of al the kingdomes of the earth, thou haſt made heauen and earth.

17 Incline ô Lord thine eare, and heare: open ô Lord thine eies, and ſee, and heare al the wordes of Sennacherib, which he hath ſent to blaſpheme the liuing God.

18 For in verie deede, ô Lord, the kinges of the Aſſyrians haue made landes deſolate, and the countries of the ſame.

19 And they haue geuen their goddes to fyre: for they were not goddes, but the workes of mens handes, wood & ſtone: & they brake them in peeces.

20 And now ô Lord our God ſaue vs out of his hand: and let al the kingdomes of the earth knowe, that thou onlie art the Lord.

21 And Iſaie the ſonne of Amos ſent to Ezechias, ſaying: Thus ſayth our Lord the God of Iſrael: For the thinges that thou praied me concerning Sennacherib the king of Aſſyrians:

22 this is the word which our Lord hath ſpoken vpon him: The virgin daughter of Sion hath deſpiſed thee, and ſcorned thee: the daughter of Ieruſalem hath wagged the head after thee.

23 Whom haſt thou vpbrayded, and whom haſt thou blaſphemed, and vpon whom haſt thou exalted voice, and lifted vp the height of thine eies? To the holie one of Iſrael.

24 By the hand of thy ſeruants thou haſt vpbrayded our Lord: and haſt ſayd: In the multitude of my chariotes haue I climed the height of mountaynes, the toppes of Libanus: and I wil cut downe the high cedres therof, & the choſen firre trees therof, and wil enter to the toppe of the height therof, to the foreſt of his Carmel.

25 I haue digged, and drunken the water, and haue dried vp with the ſteppe of my foote al the riuers of the rampiers.

26 Why, haſt thou not heard, what I haue done to him of old? from ancient daies haue I formed it: and now I haue brought it to effect: and it is made to the rooting out of litle hilles bickering together, and of ſenſed cities.

27 The inhabitants of them with shortened hand haue trembled, and are confounded: they are become as hay of the field, and graſſe of the paſture ground, and herbe of the houſe toppes, which hath withered before it was ripe.

28 I haue knowen thy habitation, and thy going out, and thy coming in, and thy madnes agaynſt me.

29 When thou didſtrage agaynſt me, thy pride aſcended into mine eares: therfore I wil put a ring in thy noſthrels, and a bitte in thy lippes, & wil bring thee backe into the way, by which thou cameſt.

30 [::] But to th⟨illegible⟩e this shal be a ſigne: eate this yeare the thinges that grow of themſelues, and in the ſecond yeare eate fruites: but in the third yeare ſow and reape, & plant vineyards, and eate the fruite of them.

31 And that which shal be ſaued of the houſe of Iuda, and which is leaft, shal take roote downeward, and shal beare fruite vpward:

32 becauſe out of Ieruſalem there shal a remnant goe forth, and ſaluation from mount Sion: the zele of the Lord of hoſtes shal doe this.

33 Therfore thus ſayth our Lord concerning the king of the Aſſyrians: He shal not enter this citie, and he shal not shoote arrow there, and shilde shal not occupie it, and he shal not caſt rampier about it:

34 In the way that he came, by the ſame he shal returne, and into this citie he shal not enter, ſayth our Lord.

35 And I wil protect this citie, that I may ſaue it for myne owne ſake, and“ for Dauids ſake my ſeruant.

36 And the Angel of our Lord came forth, and ſtroke in the campe of the Aſſyrians an hundred eightie fiue thouſand. And they aroſe in the morning, and behold, :: al were carcaſſes of dead men.

37 And he went out, and departed, and Sennacherib the king of the Aſſyrians returned, and dwelt in Niniue.

38 And it came to paſſe, when he adored in the temple of Neſroch his god, Adramelech and Saraſar his ſonnes ſtroke him with the ſword: and they fled into the land of Ararat, & Aſarhaddon his ſonne reigned for him.

Marginal notes to Chapter 37

  • 1 [::] Renting of cutting of garments was a⟨illegible⟩ ceremonie to shew internal ſorow;
  • 1 [::] And ſackcloth was an habite of ponitents for ſinnes.
  • 1 4. Reg. 19.
  • 2 2. Par. 32.
  • 13 [::] That which happened to al theſe ⟨illegible⟩nfidel kinges, fel alſo vpon Sennacharib king of Aſſyrians ſhortly after he had thus bragged, or rather greatter ruine and miſerie. v. 36. & 38.
  • 30 [::] He turneth his ſpeach to Ezechias.
  • 36 Iob. 1. Eccli 48. 1. Mac. 7. 2 Mac. 8.

ANNOTATIONS. CHAP. XXXVII.

⟨illegible⟩5. For Dauids ſake.] VVe haue here a manifeſt example that the merites of [Margin: Merites of Sainctes do profite the liuing.] Sainctes departed forth of this world, do profite the liuing: God protecting Ieruſalem not only for his owne, but alſo for his ſeruant Dauids ſake. Againſt which plaine ſenſe, Proteſtantes denying merites and prayers of Sainctes, ſeme [Margin: The Proteſtantes euaſion.] to haue no better quaſion, then this ſillie ſhift, ⟨illegible⟩e⟨illegible⟩ned without vvarrant of holie Scripture, or ancient Father; to interprete theſe vvordes, for Dauids ſake to ſignifie, for Gods promiſe ſake made to Dauid. But if they be demanded, vvhere [Margin: Bible 160⟨illegible⟩.] and when God promiſed to Dauid, that he vvould protect and ſaue the citie of Ieruſalem from ſacking by enimies, or from ruine, they can neuer shevv it. God made Dauid conquerour of Ieruſalem, extirpating there the Iebuſites, who vntil his time kept the tovvre of Sion (2. Reg. 5. v. 7.) & protected the ſame citie [Margin: God promiſed to protect the citie of Ieruſalem from certaine dangers, but not perpetually.] al his time, and long after. And in certaine particular dangers, promiſed to Achaz a vvicked king (Iſaie. 7.) and to this good king Ezechias here ⟨illegible⟩& 4. Reg. 19. ⟨illegible⟩ that he vvould ſaue and deliuer Ieruſalem, from oher particular diſtreſſes vvherin it vvas at thoſe times, but he promiſed not this to king Dauid. Neither did God make a general promiſe to protect that citie perpetually. For if he had ſo promiſed, it ſhould not haue bene ſubdued, brought into captiuitie, & defaced as it was by the Babylonians. And therfore this gloſſe of Proteſtants [Margin: 4. Reg. 25.] is built vpon falſe ground. And the vvordes are as manifeſt, as if the kings Maieſtie [Margin: The Proteſtants gloſſe is il grounded.] ſhould ſay: I vvil protect the ⟨illegible⟩ of London, that I may ſaue it for myn ovvne ſake, and ſuch my former ſubiectes ſake, that haue faithfully heretofore ſerued their kinges. Or if he ſhould ſay: I vvil protect ſuch a noblemans chiefe▪ Manour place for myn owne ſake, & for ſuch his progenitors ſake, who [Margin: This ſimilitude doth not proue but explaine the truth otherwiſe proued.] ſerued me loyally. VVherby is plainely ſignified, that the king do⟨illegible⟩ this ⟨illegible⟩ouour not only forth is ovvne ſake, but alſo for the merites of ſome that liued there and deſerued vvel before▪ Neither do vve produce this ſimilitude: to proue that is in controuerſie, but to explaine the Catholique doctrine, apparent by this text, and approued by the ancient Fathers, and the vvhole Church of God.

Chapter 38

CHAP. XXXVIII. Ezechias being ſick▪ and advertiſed by the prophete that he shal then dye, by prayer ⟨illegible⟩ prolongation of life: 6. with promiſe of victorie, confirmed by a ſigne. 9. For which he rendereth thankes to God with a Canticle of praiſe.

1 IN [::] thoſe dayes Ezechias was ſick euen to death, and Iſaie the ſonne of Amos the prophet, went in vnto him, and ſaid to him: Thus ſayth our Lord. Take order with thy houſe, for :: thou shalt die, and shalt not liue.

2 And Ezechias turned his face to the wal, and prayed to our Lord,

3 and ſaid: I beſech thee Lord, remember I pray thee how I haue walked before thee in truth, and in a perfect hart, and haue done▪ that which is good in thine eies. And Ezechias wepte with great weeping.

4 And the word of our Lord was made to Iſaie, ſaying:

5 Goe, & tel Ezechias: Thus ſaith our Lord the God of Dauid thy father: I haue heard thy prayer, and ſeene thy teares: Loe [::] I wil adde vpon thy dayes fiftene yeares:

6 and out of the hand of the king of the Aſſirians wil I deliuer thee: and this citie, and wil protect it.

7 And this shal be a ſigne to thee from our Lord, that our Lord wil doe this word, which he hath ſpoken:

8 Behold I wil make the shadow of the lines returne, by the which it is now gone downe in the dyal of Achaz in the ſunne, backward ten lines. And the ſunne returned ten lines by the degrees whereby it was gone downe.

9 The ſcripture of Ezechias the king of Iuda, when he had bene ſicke, and was recouered of his infirmitie.

10 I haue ſaid: [::] In the middes of my daies shal I goe to the gates of hel. I haue ſought the reſidue of my yeares.

11 I haue ſaid: I shal not ſee our Lord God in the land of the liuing. I shal behold man no more, and the inhabiter of reſt.

12 My [::] generation is taken away; and is wrapped together from me, as the tent of shepehards: My life is cut of, as by a weauer: whiles I yet began he cut me of: from morning vntil night thou wilt make an end of me.

13 I hoped vntil morning, as a lion ſo hath he broken al my bones: From morning vntil euening thou wilt make an end of me.

14 As a yong ſwallow ſo wil I crie, I wil meditate as a doue: Mine eies are weakened, looking on high: Lord I ſuffer violence, anſwer for me.

15 What shal I ſay, or what shal he anſwer me, wheras him ſelf hath done it? I wil recount to thee al my yeares in the bitternes of my ſoule.

16 Lord if mans life be ſuch, and the life of my ſpirit in ſuch thinges, thou shalt chaſten me, and shalt quicken me.

17 Behold in peace is my bitternes moſt bitter: But thou haſt deliuered my ſoule that it should not perish, thou haſt caſt al my ſinnes behind thy backe.

18 Becauſe hel shal not confeſſe to thee, neither shal death prayſe thee: they that goe downe into the lake, shal not expect thy truth.

19 The liuing the liuing he shal confeſſe to thee, as I alſo this day: the father shal make thy truth knowen to the children.

20 O Lord ſaue me, and we shal ſing our pſalmes al the dayes of our life in the houſe of our Lord.

21 And Iſaie commanded [::] that they should take a lumpe of figges, & plaſter it vpon the wound, and he should be healed.

22 And Ezechias ſayd [::]: What shal be the ſigne that I shal goe vp into the houſe of our Lord?

Marginal notes to Chapter 38

  • 1 [::] After the Aſſyrians were ſlaine king Ezechias was viſited vvith dangerous ſicknes, to keepe him in the feare of God le⟨illegible⟩t much ioy should bring him into obl⟨illegible⟩on, of his dutie.
  • 1 4. Reg. 20.
  • 1 2. Par. 32.
  • 5 [::] It was firſt reueled to the Prophet that the kings ſicknes was deadlie.
  • 10 [::] Secondly that God would adde 15. yeares to his life: which could not be ſayde, to be added, except his life according to natural cauſes, had bene at an end. S. Aug. li. 6. c. 17. de Gen▪ ad ⟨illegible⟩.
  • 12 [::] In this Canticle the king reciteth his afflictions of mind, for that he should part out of this world, in the flowre of his age.
  • 15 And without children. for Manaſſes was borne three yeares after being 12. yeares old when he begane to reigne. 4. Reg. 21.
  • 21 [::] The prophet ordayned this medicine:
  • 22 [::] and the king alſo demanded a ſigne before he ſong the Canticle.

Chapter 39

CHAP. XXXIX. The king of Babylon ſent legates, to viſite king Ezechias, and congratulate his recouerie of health. 2. He sheweth them al his riches, 5. for which I ſaie reprehendeth him: and prophecieth that the Babylonians wil ſpoile Ieruſalem.

1 AT THAT time Merodach Baladan the ſonne of Baladan, king of Babylon, ſent letters & giftes to Ezechias: for he had heard that he had bene ſicke, and was recouered.

2 And Ezechias [::] reioyced vpon them, and he shewed them the ſtorehouſe of aromatical ſpices, and of ſiluer, and of gold, and of ſweete odours, and of the beſt oyntment, and al the ſtore houſes of his furniture, and al thinges that were found in his treaſures. There was not anie thing, which Ezechias shewed them not in his houſe, and in al his dominion.

3 But Iſaie the prophet went in to Ezechias the king, and ſaid to him: What ſayd theſe men, and from whence came they to thee? And Ezechias ſayd: From a far countrie they came to me, from Babylon.

4 And he ſayd: What ſaw they in thy houſe? And Ezechias ſayd al thinges that are in my houſe haue they ſene, there was not anie thing, which I haue not shewed them in my treaſures.

5 And Iſaie ſayd to Ezechias: Heare the word of the Lord of hoſtes.

6 Behold the daies shal come: and al thinges that are in thy houſe, and that thy fathers haue layd vp for treaſure vntil this day, shal be taken away into Babylon: there shal not any thing be leaft, ſayth our Lord.

7 And of thy children, which shal come forth of thee, whom thou shalt beget, they shal take away, and they shal be eunuches in the palace of the king of Babylon.

8 And Ezechias ſayd to Iſaie: The word of our Lord which he hath ſpoken is good. And he ſaid: [::] Onlie be there peace and truth in my daies.

Marginal notes to Chapter 39

  • 1 4 Reg. 20.
  • 2 [::] In this honorable embaſſage Ezechias reioyced immoderatly; and vnwiſely ſhewed his treaſures, which therfore the prophet reprehended. And vpon this occaſion prophecied that the Babylonians should carie away al that treaſure, and his children into captiuity.
  • 8 [::] Not for want of affection towards his poſteritie, but ſeing he durſt not requeſt more, he prayed for peace in his owne dayes.

Chapter 40

CHAP. XL. The prophet comforteth the people with Chriſts coming to remitte ſinnes. [Margin: The ſixt part Of the deliuerie from ſinne by Chriſt.] 3. Before whom S. Iohn Baptiſt shal preach penance. 6. sheweth mans imbecilitie. 9. Gods Maieſtie, 18. the vanitie of idols: 27. and fal of them that feare not God.

1 BE [::] comforted, be comforted my people, ſaith your God.

2 Speake to the hart of Ieruſalem, and cal to her: becauſe her malice is accomplished, her iniquitie is forgeuen: she hath receiued of the hand of our Lord duble for al her ſinnes.

3 [::] The voice of one crying in the deſert: Prepare the way of our Lord, make ſtreight the pathes of our God in the wildernes.

4 Euerie valley shal be exalted, and euerie mountaine and litle hil shal be humbled, & crooked thinges shal become ſtreight, and rought wayes, playne.

5 And the glorie of our Lord shal be reueled, and al flesh together shal ſee, that the mouth of our Lord hath ſpoken.

6 The voice of one ſaying: Crie. And I ſayd: What shal I crie? Al flesh is graſſe, and al the glorie therof as the floure of the filde.

7 The graſſe is withered, and the floure is fallen, becauſe the ſpirit of our Lord hath blowen on it. In deede the people is graſſe:

8 the graſſe is withered, and the floure is fallen: but the word of our Lord abideth for euer.

9 [::] Vpon an high mountayne get thee vp, thou that euangelizeſt to Sion: exalt the voice in ſtrength, which euangelizeſt to Ieruſalem: exalt it, feare not. Say to the cities of Iuda: Behold your God:

10 behold our Lord God shal come in ſtrength, and his arme shal haue dominion: behold his reward is with him, and his worke before him.

11 As a shepheard shal he feede his flocke: in his arme shal he gather together the lambes, and in his boſome shal he lift them vp, and them with yong himſelf shal carie.

12 [::] Who hath meaſured the waters with his fiſt, and poundered the heauens with a ſpanne? who hath poyſed with three fingers the huge greatnes of the earth, and wayed the mountaines in weight, and the litle hilles in balance?

13 Who hath holpen the ſpirit of our Lord? or who hath bene his counſeler, and shewed to him?

14 With whom hath he taken counſel, and who hath inſtructed him, and taught him the path of iuſtice, and taught him knowlege, and shewed him the way of prudence?

15 Behold the Gentiles are as a droppe of a bucket, and are reputed as [*] the moment of a balance: behold the ilandes are as a litle duſt.

16 And Libanus shal not ſuffice to kindle the fyre, and the beaſtes therof shal not be ſufficient for holocauſt.

17 Al nations as if they were not, ſo are they before him, and they are reputed of him as nothing, and a vaine thing.

18 To whom then haue you made God like? or what image wil you ſet to him?

19 Hath the artificer caſt a ſculptil? or hath the goldſmith figured it with gold, or the ſiluerſmith with plates of ſiluer?

20 Strong wood, and that which wil not putrifie hath he choſen: the wiſe artificer ſeeketh how he may ſet vp a ſculptile which may not be moued.

21 Why, [::] doe you not know? why, haue you not heard? why, hath it not bene told you from the beginning? Haue you not vnderſtood the fundations of the earth?

22 He that ſitteth vpon the compaſſe of the earth, and the inhabitants therof are as locuſtes: he that ſtretcheth out the heauens as nothing, & ſpreddeth them as a tent to dwel in.

23 He that maketh [::] the ſearchers of ſecretes as if they were not, that hath made the iudges of the earth as a vayne thing:

24 and in deede their ſtocke was neither planted, nor ſowen, nor rooted in the earth: ſodenly he hath blowen vpon them, and they haue withered, and a whirle wind shal take them away as ſtubble.

25 And to whom haue ye likened me, and made me equal, ſaith the holie one?

26 Lift vp your eies on high, and ſee who hath created theſe thinges: he that bringeth out the hoſt of them in number, and calleth them al by name: by the multitude of his force and ſtrength, and power, not one of them was miſſing.

27 Why ſayeſt thou Iacob, and ſpeakeſt thou Iſrael: My way is hid from our Lord, and my iudgement is paſſed ouer of my God?

28 Why knoweſt thou not, or haſt thou not heard? our Lord is God euerlaſting, which hath created the endes of the earth: he shal not faile, nor labour, neither is there ſearching out of his wiſdome.

29 Which geueth ſtrength to the wearie: and to them that are not, multiplieth force and ſtrength.

30 Children shal faynte, and labour, and yongmen shal fal by infirmitie.

31 But they that hope in our Lord shal change their ſtrength, they shal take winges as eagles, they shal runne & not labour, they shal walke and not fainte.

Marginal notes to Chapter 40

  • 1 [::] The prophet alludeth to the comforte of the Iewes, when they should be deliuered from captiuitie of Babylon: but principally prophicieth of mans deliuerie from ſinne by Chriſt.
  • 3 [::] An euident prophecie of S. Iohn Baptiſt.
  • 3 Mat. 3.
  • 3 Mar. 1.
  • 4 Luc. 3.
  • 4 Ioan. 1.
  • 6 Iac. 1.
  • 7 1. Pet. 1.
  • 9 [::] This is alſo manifeſt of Chriſts preaching in the mountaine: & of his Apoſtles, and Apoſtolical preachers.
  • 9 Mat. 5.
  • 11 Ioan. 10.
  • 12 [::] Gods powre and beneuolence in creating & gouerning al this world, is a ſigne that he both can and wil beſtow theſe great benefites of grace vpon al nations.
  • 13 Rom. 11.
  • 14 1. Cor. 2.
  • 15 [*] leaſt duſt, or atomus.
  • 19 Act. 17.
  • 21 [::] From the beginning the law of nature, afterwards the law of Moyſestaught that he which made the world is God.
  • 23 [::] VViſeſt Philoſophers know nothing neither can conſiſt but by him.
  • 26 Pſa. 14⟨illegible⟩

Chapter 41

CHAP. XLI. God pleading againſt idolaters, sheweth his powre and goodnes by his benefites beſtowed vpon the Iewes; 17. With promiſe of perpetual protection. 21. Wheras their vaine idols can no way profite them.

1 LET [::] the ilands hold their peace before me, and the Gentiles change their ſtrength: let them come neere, and then ſpeake, let vs approche to iudgement together.

2 Who hath rayſed the iuſt from the Eaſt, hath called him that he should folow him? he shal geue the Gentiles in his ſight, and he shal obteyne kinges: he shal geue them as it were duſt to his ſword, as ſtubble taken violently with with the winde, to his bow.

3 He shal purſew them, he shal paſſe in peace, there shal no path appeare after his feete.

4 Who hath wrought and done theſe thinges, calling the generations from the begynning? I the Lord, the firſt and the laſt I am.

5 The ilands haue ſeene, and haue bene afrayd, the ends of the earth haue beene aſtonied, they haue approched, and come neere.

6 Euerie one shal helpe his neighbour, and shal ſay to his brother: Be ſtrong.

7 The copperſmith ſtriking with the hammer encouraged him that forged at that time, ſaying: It is good for ſodering: and he ſtrengthened it with nailes, that it should not be moued.

8 And thou Iſrael my ſeruant, Iocob whom I haue choſen, the ſeede of Abraham my frend:

9 in whom I haue taken thee from the ends of the earth, and from the fat parts therof haue called thee, and ſayd to thee; Thou art my ſeruant, I haue choſen thee, and haue not caſt thee away.

10 Feare not, becauſe I am with thee: decline not, becauſe I am thy God: I haue ſtrengthened thee, and haue holpen thee, and the right hand of my iuſt one hath ſuſteyned thee.

11 Behold al that fight againſt thee shal be confounded and ashamed, they shal be as if they were not, and the men shal perish that gayneſay thee.

12 Thou shalt ſeeke them, and shalt not find, the men thy rebelles: they shal be as if they were not: and as conſumption the men that warre agaynſt thee.

13 Becauſe I am the Lord thy God taking thy hand, and ſaying to thee: Feare not, I haue holpen thee.

14 Feare not thou [::] worme of Iacob, ye that are dead of Iſrael: I haue holpen thee, ſayth our Lord: and thy redemer the holie one of Iſrael.

15 I haue made thee as a new threshing wayne, hauing teeth like a ſaw: thou shalt thresh the mountaynes, and breake them in peeces: and shalt make the litle hilles as duſt.

16 Thou shalt fanne them, and the wind shal take them away, and the whirle wind shal diſperſe them: and thou shal reioyce in the Lord, in the holie one of Iſrael thou shalt be ioyful.

17 The needie and the poore ſeeke for waters, and there are none: their tongue hath bene drie with thirſt. I the Lord wil heare them, I the God of Iſrael wil not forſake them.

18 I wil open riuers in the high hilles, and fountaynes in the middes of plaine fildes: I wil make the deſert into pooles of waters, and the land not paſſable into riuers of waters.

19 I wil geue into the wildernes the cedar, and the thorne, and the myrlte and the oliue tree: I wil ſet in the deſert the firretree, the elme, and the box tree together.

20 That they may ſee, and know, and recount, and vnderſtand together that the hand of the Lord hath done this, and the holie one of Iſrael hath created it.

21 Make your iudgement approche, ſayth the Lord: bring hither, if perhaps you haue any thing, ſayd the king of Iacob.

22 [::] Let them come, and tel vs what thinges ſo euer are to come: tel the former thinges what they haue bene: and we wil ſet our hart, and shal know the later ends of them, and tel vs the thinges that are to come.

23 Shew what thinges are to come hereafter, and we shal know that ye are goddes. Doe ye alſo good or euil, if you can: and let vs ſpeake, and ſee together.

24 Behold, you are of nothing, and your worke of that which is not: he is abomination that hath choſen you.

25 I haue rayſed vp from the North, and he shal come from the riſing of the ſunne: he shal cal vpon my name, and shal bring the magiſtrates as myre, and as the plaſterer treading claie.

26 Who hath shewed from the beginning, that we may know: and from the beginning that we may ſay: Art thou iuſt? There is neyther that sheweth, nor telleth before, nor heareth your wordes.

27 The firſt shal ſay to Sion: Loe I am preſent, and to Ieruſalem I wil geue an euangeliſt.

28 And I ſaw, and neither of theſe was there any that would conſult, and being asked would anſwer a word.

29 Behold al are vniuſt, and their workes vayne: their idols are wind and vanitie.

Marginal notes to Chapter 41

  • 1 [::] Gods expoſtulation with Ilandes, & other Gentiles liuing in idolatrie, which implieth a prophecie of their conuerſion to Chriſt, perteyneth amongſt others ⟨illegible⟩ry particularly to our great Brit⟨illegible⟩ the grea⟨illegible⟩ & moſt ⟨illegible⟩n⟨illegible⟩wmed I⟨illegible⟩an⟨illegible⟩ of Europe. See D. Briſto⟨illegible⟩. Mot. 11.
  • 4 Apoc. 1. & 22.
  • 14 [::] You that are as abiectes contemned, & as dead men in the world, feare not, becauſe Chriſt hath care to protect, & to reward you.
  • 22 [::] Only God, and thoſe to whom he reueleth, can tel thinges to come, and therfore idols can not foreshew what shal be, neither could tel before hand thinges that are already come to paſſe.

Chapter 42

CHAP. XLII. God the Father is wel pleaſed with his Sonne. 6. whom he ſendeth into this world to teach iustice, whereby men are iustified. 11. Manie Gentiles shal be conuerted. 25. Iewes, and other obſtinate infidels shal be ſeuerely punished.

1 BEHOLD [::] my ſeruant, I wil receiue him: mine elect, my ſoule hath pleaſed itſelf in him: I haue geuen my ſpirit vpon him, he shal bring forth iudgement to the Gentiles.

2 He shal not crie, nor accept perſon, neither shal his voice be heard abrode.

3 The bruiſed reede he shal not breake, and ſmoking flaxe he shal not quench: he shal bring forth iudgement in truth.

4 He shal not be ſad, nor turbulent, til he ſet iudgement in the earth: and the ilands shal expect his law.

5 Thus ſayth the Lord God that created the heauens, and ſtretched them out: that eſtablished the earth, & the thinges that ſpring therof: that geueth breath to the people, that is vpon it, and ſpirit to them that tread therevpon.

6 I the Lord haue called thee in iuſtice, and taken thy hand, and preſerued thee. And I haue geuen thee for a couenant of the people, for a light of the Gentiles.

7 That thou mighteſt open the eyes of the blind, and bring forth the priſoner out of priſon, & them that ſitte in darknes out of the priſon houſe.

8 I the Lord, this is my name: I wil not geue my glorie to an other, and my praiſe to grauen thinges.

9 The thinges that were firſt, loe they are come: new thinges alſo I do shew⟨illegible⟩ before they come forth, I wil make you heare them.

10 Sing ye to the Lord a new ſong, his prayſe is from the endes of the earth: ye that goe downe to the ſea, and you the fulnes therof: ye ilands, and inhabitants of the ſame.

11 Let the deſert be exalted and the cities therof: Cedar shal dwel in houſes: ye inhabitants of the Rocke, geue prayſe, they shal crye from the toppe of the mountaines.

12 They shal geue glorie to the Lord, and shal declare his praiſe in the ilands.

13 The Lord shal goe forth as a ſtrong man, as a man of warre shal he raiſe vp zele: he shal shoute and crie: ouer his enemies he shal be ſtrengthened.

14 I haue alwayes held my peace, I haue kepte ſilence, I haue bene patient, I wil ſpeake as a trauailing woman: I wil diſſipate, and ſwallow vp together.

15 I wil make [::] mountaynes and litle hilles deſolate, and wil make al their graſſe to wither: and I wil turne riuers into ilands, and wil drie vp the ſtanding pooles.

16 And I wil lead the blind into the way, which they know not: and in the pathes, which they haue bene ignorant of: I wil make them walke: I wil make darkenes before them to be light, and crooked thinges ſtreight: theſe words haue I done to them, and haue not forſaken them.

17 They are turned backward: let them be confounded with confuſion, that truſt in grauen thing, that ſay to the framed thing, ye are our goddes.

18 Heare ye deafe, and ye blind behold to ſee.

19 Who is blind, but my ſeruant? and deafe, but he to whom I haue ſent my meſſengers? Who is blind, but he that is ſolde? and who is blind, but the ſeruant of the Lord?

20 Thou that ſeeſt manie thinges, wilt thou not keepe them? thou that haſt eares open, wilt thou not heare?

21 And the Lord hath bene willing to ſanctifie him, and to magnifie the law, and extol it.

22 But the ſame people is ſpoiled, and waſted: al are the ſnare of yongmen, and they are hid in the houſes of priſons: they are made a praye, neither is there to deliuer them: a ſpoile, neither is there that ſayth: Reſtore.

23 Who is there among you that wil heare this▪ attend and harken for thinges to come?

24 Who hath geuen Iacob into ſpoyle, and Iſrael to the waſters? hath not our Lord himſelf, to whom we haue ſinned? And they would not walke in his wayes, & they haue not heard his law.

25 And he hath powred out vpon them the indignation of his furie, & a ſtrong battel, and hath burnt him round about, and he knewe not; and ſet him on fyre, and he vnderſtoode not.

Marginal notes to Chapter 42

  • 1 [::] Chriſt according to his humanitie is the ſeruant of God, by whom al other ſeruantes are redemed, none els being able to ſatisfie for themſelues, much leſſe for others.
  • 1 Mat. 1⟨illegible⟩.
  • 3 Mat. 12.
  • 15 [::] Such hautie and couetous mindes as expect their Meſſias to be a worldlie and warlike conquerour, that wil aduance his folowers to kingdomes or princedomes, and to abundance of temporal riches, shal be fruſtrate of their vaine hopes. Vvheras Chriſt our Sauiour both by example and doctrine teacheth the contrarie, willing his folowers to lerne of him to be poore in ſpirit meke & humble in hart, & their reward shal be great in heauen, not in earth; they shal be happie not in external, but in eternal glorie.

Chapter 43

CHAP. XLIII. God comforteth his Church, promiſing euer to protect the ſame: 11. blameth the Iewes, expoſtulating their ingratitude.

1 AND now thus ſayth our Lord that [::] created thee ô Iacob, & formed thee ô Iſrael: Feare not, becauſe I haue redemed thee, and called thee by thy name: thou art mine.

2 When thou [::] shalt paſſe through the waters, I wil be with thee, and the floudes shal not couer thee: when thou shalt walke in fyre, thou shalt not be burnt, and the flame shal not burne in thee:

3 Becauſe I am the Lord thy God the holie one of Iſrael thy ſauiour, I haue geuen Aegypt thy propitiation, Aethiopia and Sale for thee.

4 Since thou becameſt honorable in mine eies, and glorious: I haue loued thee, & I wil geue men for thee, and peoples for thy ſoule.

5 Feare not, becauſe I am with thee: from the Eaſt wil I bring thy ſeede, and from the Weſt I wil gather thee.

6 I wil ſay to the North: Geue: and to the South, Hinder not: bring my ſonnes from a farre, and my daughters from the endes of the earth.

7 And cuerie one that inuocateth my name, for my glorie haue I created him, formed him, and made him.

8 Bring forth the blind people, and hauing eyes: the deafe, and he hath eares.

9 Al the nations are aſſembled together, and the tribes are gathered: which of you can shew this, and shal make vs heare the former thinges? Let them geue their witneſſes, and be iuſtified, and heare, and ſay: In verie deede.

10 You are my witneſſes, ſayth our Lord, and my ſeruants whom I haue choſen: that you may know, and beleue me, and vnderſtand that I myſelf am. Before me there hath no god bene formed, & after me there shal not be.

11 I am, I am the Lord, and there is no ſauiour beſide me.

12 I haue shewed, and haue ſaued: I haue made it heard, and there hath bene no ſtrange one among you. You are my witneſſes, ſayth our Lord, and I God.

13 And from the beginning I my ſelf, and there is not that can deliuer out of my hand: I wil worke, and who shal turne it away?

14 Thus ſayth the Lord your redemer, the holie one of Iſrael: For your ſake haue I ſent forth into Babylon, and haue plucked downe al the barres, and Chaldees glorying in their shippes.

15 I the Lord your holie one, that created Iſrael your king.

16 Thus ſayth our Lord, that gaue a way in the ſea, and a path in the vehement waters.

17 Which brought forth the chariote and the houſe: the arme and the ſtrong: they ſlept together, neither shal they riſe agayne: they are broken as flaxe, and are extinct,

18 Remember not former thinges, and looke not on thinges of old.

19 Behold I make new thinges, and now they shal ſpring forth, verely you shal know them: I wil make a way in the deſert, and riuers in the place not haunted.

20 The beaſt of the fielde shal glorifie me, the dragons & the oſtreches: becauſe I haue geuen waters in the deſert: riuers in the place not haunted, that I might geue drinke to my people, to mine elect.

21 This people haue I formed for myſelf, they shal tel my prayſe.

22 Thou haſt not inuocated me ô Iacob, neither haſt thou labored in men ô Iſrael.

23 Thou haſt not offered me the ramme of thyne holocauſt, and with thy victimes thou haſt not glorified me: I haue not made thee to ſerue in oblation, nor put thee to payne in frankincenſe.

24 Thou haſt not bought me ſweete cane for ſiluer, and with the fatte of thy victimes thou haſt not inebriated me. But thou haſt made me to ſerue with thy ſinnes, thou haſt put me to payne with thine iniquities.

25 I am, I am he that take cleane away thine iniquities for mine owne ſake, and I wil not remember thy ſinnes.

26 Bring me into remembrance, and let vs be iudged together: tel if thou haue any thing that thou mayſt be iuſtified.

27 [::] Thy firſt father ſinned, and thy [::] interpreters haue tranſgreſſed againſt me.

28 And I haue profaned the holie princes, I haue geuen Iacob to deſtruction, & Iſrael to reproch.

Marginal notes to Chapter 43

  • 1 [::] Chriſt calleth, and ind⟨illegible⟩eth ſinners with grace, without anie precedent good worke or deſire in them, euen as he createth of nothing.
  • 2 [::] In al tribulations and perſecutions Chriſt protecteth his ſeruantes, not ſuffering them to be tempted further then they may reſiſt ⟨illegible⟩f they wil. VVherby the Church ſtil remaneth incontaminate, and shal neuer be deſtroyed.
  • 14 God made Cytus conquerour of Babylon not for his owne ſake, but for Iſrael, that h⟨illegible⟩ might releaſe their captiuitie. For God perpetually diſpoſeth of kingdomes for the good of his Church.
  • 19 2 Cor 5
  • 19 Apo. 21.
  • 27 [::] The ſinne of Adam contaminating al mankind was not purged by anie:
  • 27 [::] Al Patriarches Prieſtes Prophetes & al others ſinning; til Chriſt the innocent lambe came to take away the ſinne of the world.

Chapter 44

CHAP. XLIIII. Christ foundeth and eſtablisheth his Church: 6. Inueigheth againſt idolaters: 26. and promiſeth deliuerance from the captiuitie of Babylon.

1 AND now heare ô Iacob my ſeruant, and Iſrael whom I haue choſen.

2 Thus ſayth the Lord that made and formed thee, thy helper [::] from the wombe: feare not ô my ſeruant Iacob, and thou moſt righteous whom I haue choſen.

3 For I wil powre out waters vpon the thirſtie ground, and ſtreames vpon the drie land: I wil powre out my ſpirit vpon thy ſeede, and my bleſſing vpon thy ſtocke.

4 And they shal ſpring the herbes as willowes beſide the waters running by.

5 This man shal ſay: I am our Lords: and an other man shal cal in the name of Iacob, and this wil write with his hand, To the Lord: and in the name of Iſrael he shal be reſembled.

6 Thus ſayth our Lord the king of Iſrael; and the redemer therof the Lord of hoſtes: I am [::] the firſt, and I the laſt, and beſide me there is no God.

7 Who is like to me? let him cal and declare: and let him expound me the order, ſince I appoynted the ancient people: the thinges to come, and that shal be hereafter let them shew vnto them.

8 Feare ye not, neither be ye trubled, from that time I haue made thee to heare, and haue declared: you are my witneſſes. Is there a God beſide me, and a maker, whom I haue not knowen?

9 Al the makers of an idol are nothing, and their beſt beloued thinges shal not profite them. [::] Them ſelues are their witneſſes, that they doe not ſee, nor vnderſtand, that they may be confounded.

10 Who hath formed a god, and molten a ſculptil profitable to nothing?

11 Behold, al the partakers therof shal be confounded: for the makers are of men: they shal al aſſemble, they shal ſtand and feare, and shal be confounded together.

12 The yron ſmith hath wrought with the file, with coales, and with hammers he hath formed it, and hath wrought in the arme of his ſtrength: he shal hunger and faynt, he shal not drinke water, and shal become wearie.

13 The carpenter hath ſtretched out a rule, he hath formed it with a plaine: he hath made it with corners, and hath fashioned it round with the compaſſe: and he hath made the image of a man as it were a beautiful man dwelling in a houſe.

14 He hath cut downe cedars, taken the helme tree, & the oke that ſtood among the trees of the foreſt: he hath planted the pine tree, which the rayne nourished.

15 And it was made a fyre for men: he tooke of them, and was warmed: and kindled them, and baked bread: but of the reſt he wrought a god, and adored: he made a ſculptil, and bowed downe before it.

16 Halfe he burnt with fyre, and of the halfe broyled he flesh & eate it: he ſod pottage, and was filled, and was warmed, and ſayd: Aha, I am warme, I haue ſene the fyre.

17 But the reſt therof he made a god, and a ſculptil to him ſelf: he boweth before it, and beſecheth, ſaying: Deliuer me, becauſe thou art my God.

18 They haue not knowen, nor vnderſtood: for they haue forgotten, that their eies could not ſee, and that they could not vnderſtand with their hart.

19 They doe not recount in their minde, nor know, nor feele, that they should ſay: Halfe therof I haue burnt with fyre, and I haue baked bread vpon the coales therof: I haue broyled flesh, & haue eaten, and of the reſt therof shal I make an idol? shal I fal downe before the ſtocke of a tree?

20 Part therof is ashes; an vnwiſe hart adored it, & he wil not ſaue his ſoule, nor ſay: Perhaps there is a lie in my right hand.

21 Remember theſe thinges ô Iacob, and Iſrael, becauſe thou art my ſeruant. I haue formed thee, thou art my ſeruant ô Iſrael foget me not.

22 I haue cleane taken away thine iniquities as a cloude, & thy ſinnes as a miſt: returne to me becauſe I haue redemed thee.

23 Prayſe ye ô heauens, becauſe the Lord hath done mercie: make iubilation ye endes of the earth: ye mountaynes ſound prayſe, thou foreſt and euerie tree therof: becauſe the Lord hath redemed Iacob, and Iſrael shal be glorified.

24 Thus ſayth our Lord thy redemer, and thy maker, from the wombe: I am the Lord, that make al thinges, that alone ſtretch out the heauens, that eſtablish the earth, and none with me.

25 That make the ſignes of diuiners voide, and turne the ſouthſayers into furie. That turne the wiſe backward, and that make their knowlege foolish.

26 That rayſeth vp the word of his ſeruant, and accomplisheth the counſel of his meſſengers, which ſay [::] to Ieruſalem: Thou shalt be inhabited; & to the cities of Iuda: You shal be built, and I wil rayſe vp the deſertes therof.

27 Which ſay to the depth: Be thou deſolate, and thy riuers I wil drie vp.

28 Who ſay to Cyrus: Thou art my paſtour, and thou shalt accomplish al my wil. Who ſay to Ieruſalem: Thou shalt be built; and to the temple: Thou shalt be formed.

Marginal notes to Chapter 44

  • 1 Iere 30. & 48.
  • 2 [::] Gods election preuenteth▪ mans good endeuoure for without grace none could returne to God.
  • 6 [::] Idolaters are foolish in leauing God, who is eternal and to truſt in idoles that neither can shew vvhat was from the beginning, nor prophecie thinges to come.
  • 6 Apoc 1. & 2⟨illegible⟩.
  • 9 [::] Al that is here ſayd of the vanitie of idoles & foolish impietie of idolaters, may be referred (ſaith S. Ierom in this place) vnto hereſie, and heretikes, who artificially deuiſe the fictions of their owne doctrines and lying: and adore the thinges which they knovv were feaned by themſelues neitheir are ſo content, but draw the ſimple to embrace and adore the ſame inuentions. A litle after he sheweth, that the Catholique Church of Chriſt shal be euer free from ſuch idolatrie: quite cōtrarie to Proteſtantes aſſertion that the Church should haue fallen & bene in idolatrie manie hundred yeares together.
  • 13 Sup. ⟨illegible⟩.
  • 26 [::] In al this prophecie of the Church of Chriſt the prophet alludeth to the hiſtorie of Ieruſalem to ben deſtroyed by the Chal dees and reedified by permiſſion of Cyrus, & Darius in the times of Aggeus, & Zacharias.

Chapter 45

CHAP. XLV. [Margin: The 7. part. The deliuerie of the Iewes from Babylon by Cyrus king of Medes and Perſians, now alſo of Aſſirians.] Cyrus, by Gods prouidence ouercoming Babylon, wil deliuer the Iewes from captiuitie. 4. Yet is reprehended becauſe he acknowledgeth not God. 8. Vpon which occaſion the prophet foresheweth the coming of Christ; 14. in figure of whom he addeth more of Cyrus: 18. and auoucheth that there is but one true God.

1 THVS ſayth the Lord to my [::] chriſt Cyrus, whoſe right hand I haue taken, to ſubdew the Gentiles before his face, and to turne the backes of kinges, & to open the doores before him, and the gates shal not be shut.

2 I wil goe before thee, and wil humble the glorious of the earth: I wil breake the braſen gates, and wil burſt the iron barres.

3 And I wil geue thee hidden treaſures, & myſteries of ſecretes: that thou mayſt know that I am the Lord, which cal thy name, the God of Iſrael.

4 For my ſeruant Iacob, and Iſrael myne elect, and I haue called thee [::] by thy name: I haue reſembled thee, and [::] thou haſt not knowen me.

5 I the Lord, & there is none els: beſide me there is no God: I girded thee, and thou haſt not knowen me:

6 that they which are from the riſing of the ſunne, and which are from the w⟨illegible⟩ſt may know, that there is none beſide me. I the Lord, and there is none oher,

7 that forme light, and create darkneſſe, make peace, and create euil: I the Lord that doe al theſe thinges.

8 [::] Droppe dew ye heauens from aboue, and let the cloudes rayne the iuſt: be the earth opened, and bud forth a ſauiour: and let iuſtice ſpring vp withal: I the Lord haue created him.

9 Woe to him that gaineſayeth his maker, a sheard of the earthen pottes: shal the clay ſay to him that fashioneth it: What makeſt thou, & thy worke is without handes?

10 Woe to him that ſayth to his father: Why doeſt thou beget? and to the woman: Why doeſt thou trauel?

11 Thus ſayth our Lord the holy one of Iſrael the maker therof: Aske me thinges to come: concerning my children and the worke of my handes command you me.

12 I made the earth: & man vpon the ſame I haue created: my handes ſtretched forth the heauens, and I haue commanded al their hoſt.

13 I haue rayſed him vp to iuſtice, & wil direct al his wayes: he shal build my citie, & diſmiſſe my captiuitie: not for price, nor for giftes, ſayth our Lord the God of hoſtes.

14 Thus ſayth our Lord: The labour of Aegypt, and the merchandiſe of Aethiopia, and of Sabaim the high men shal paſſe to thee, & shal be thine: they shal walke after thee, they shal goe bound with manicles: and they shal adore thee, and shal beſeche thee: Onlie in thee is God, and there is no God beſide thee.

15 Verely thou art God hidden, the God of Iſrael a ſauiour.

16 They are al confounded, and ashamed: the forgers of errours are gone together into confuſion.

17 Iſrael is ſaued in our Lord with eternal ſaluation: you shal not be confounded, and you shal not be ashamed for euer and euer.

18 Becauſe thus ſayth our Lord that created the heauens, the verie God that formed the earth, and made it, the verie maker therof: he did not create it in vaine: to be inhabited he formed it. I the Lord, and there is none other.

19 I haue not ſpoken in ſecrete, in a darke place of the earth: I haue not ſayd to the ſeede of Iacob: Seeke me in vayne. I the Lord that ſpeake iuſtice, that declare right thinges.

20 Gather ye together, and come, and approch together ye that are ſaued of the Gentiles: they haue bene ignorant that lift vp the wood of their grauen worke, and aske of a God that ſaueth not.

21 Declare ye, and come, and conſult together: who hath made this to be heard from the begynning, from that time foretold this? Haue not I the Lord, and there is no God beſides but I? A iuſt God, and that ſaueth there is none beſide me.

22 Be conuerted to me, and you shal be ſaued al ye endes of the earth: becauſe I am God, and there is none other.

23 I haue ſworne by myſelf, the word of iuſtice shal procede out of my mouth, and shal not returne, becauſe euerie knee shal be bowed to me, and euerie tongue shal ſweare.

24 Therfore in our Lord, shal he ſay, are my iuſtices and empire: they shal come to him, and al that reſiſt him, shal be confounded.

25 In our Lord shal al the ſeede of Iſrael be iuſtified and prayſed.

Marginal notes to Chapter 45

  • 1 [::] Becauſe al kinges that reigned amōg the Iewes vvere annointed vvith oyle, Cyrus is called chriſt though he was not ordayned with this ceremony of annointing.
  • 4 [::] S. Ierom noteth here out of Ioſephus (l. 11. Antiq) that Cyrus finding his name long before prophe cied by Iſaias, became very beneuolous to the Ievves, louing them as the familiar ſeruants of God.
  • 4 2. Par. ⟨illegible⟩.
  • 4 [::] But though he knew and profeſſed one God, & no other (1. Eſd. 1.) yet he was not conuerted in al pointes of religion, neither ſerued God according to that general knowlege he had, and ſo knew not God rightly.
  • 8 [::] The prophet in the former prophecie contemplating Chriſt as in a figure novv eleuated more in ſpirite, prophecieth of Chriſt only, vvho built his Church vpon a ſure rock. Not of Cyrus, who being aduanced by God yet perfectly knevv not God v. 4. nor of Zorobabel vvho did not releaſe the people from captiuitie, but together with others, vvas releaſed, neither had the title of a king, but liued in ſubiection to other kinges. S. Ierom. in hunc locum.
  • 9 Rom. 9. Iere. 18.
  • 23 Rom. ⟨illegible⟩4. Phil. 2.

Chapter 46

CHAP. XLVI. Bel, Nabo, and other idoles shal be deſtroyed, 3. Wherupon the Iewes are admonished to returne from ſinne, to Gods true ſeruice. 12. And ſaluation is promiſed by Christ.

1 BEL [::] is broken, :: Nabo is deſtroyed: their idols are made to beaſtes and cattel, your burdens of heauie weight euen vnto wearines.

2 They haue melted away, and are broken together: they could not ſaue him that caried them, and their ſoule shal goe into captiuitie.

3 Heare me ô houſe of Iacob, al the remnant of the houſe of Iſrael, which are caried of my wombe, are borne vp of my matrice.

4 Euen vnto old age I am the ſame, and vnto hoare heares I wil carie: I haue made, and I wil beare: I wil carie, and wil ſaue.

5 Wherto haue you reſembled me, and made me equal, and compared me, and made me like?

6 You that contribute gold out of the bag, and weigh ſiluer with balance: hyring a goldſmith to make a god: and they fal downe and adore.

7 They beare him on their shoulders carying, and ſetting him in his place, & he shal ſtand, and shal not moue out of his place. Yea when they shal crie alſo vnto him, he shal not heare: from tribulation he shal not ſaue them.

8 Remember this, & be confounded: returne ye transgreſſors to the hart.

9 Remember the former world, becauſe I am God, and there is no God beſide, neither is there the like to me.

10 Which shew the laſt thing from the beginning, and from the begynning the thinges that as yet were not done, ſaying: My counſel shal ſtand, and al my wil shal be done:

11 Which cal [::] a bird from the eaſt, and from a farre countrie, the man of mine owne wil, and I haue ſpoken, and wil bring it: I haue created, and wil doe it.

12 Heare me ye hard harted, which are far from iuſtice.

13 I haue made my iuſtice neere, it shal not be far of, & my ſaluation shal not tarie. I wil geue ſaluation in Sion, and my glorie to Iſrael.

Marginal notes to Chapter 46

  • 1 [::] Bel or Belus, called alſo Saturnus, was of ſuch eſtimation, that they offered to him inſacrifice not only men that vvere taken captiues, but alſo their owne ſonnes. Nabo, otherwiſe called Da gon, vvas an eſpecial idol amongſt the Philiſtims. 1. Reg. 5.
  • 7 Rom. ⟨illegible⟩.
  • 11 [::] Not Cyrus (ſaith S. Ierom) but Chriſt the Orient ⟨illegible⟩arre prophec ed by Balaam. Num. 24 whom the Sages came to adore from the Eaſt Mat. 2.

Chapter 47

CHAP. XLVII. The deſtruction of Babylon is further prophecied, for their pride, 8. arroganeie, 10. and ſorcerie.

1 COME downe, ſitte in the duſt [::] ô Virgin daughter of Babylon, ſitte on the ground: there is no throne for the daughter of the Chaldees, becauſe thou shalt no more be called nice and tender.

2 Take a mil, and grinde meale: make bare thy turpitude, diſcouer the shoulder, vncouer the thighes, paſſe the riuers.

3 Thyne ignominie shal be diſcouered, and thy reproch shal be ſeene: I wil take vengeance, and no man shal reſiſt me.

4 Our redemer, the Lord of hoſtes is his name the holie one of Iſrael.

5 Sitte holding thy peace, and enter into darkenes ô daughter of the Chaldees: becauſe thou shalt no more be called the ladie of kingdomes.

6 I was angrie agaynſt my people, I [::] haue contaminated mine inheritance, and haue geuen them into thy hand: thou haſt not shewed mercies to them: vpon the ancient thou haſt made thy yoke exceding heauie.

7 And thou haſt ſayd: I wil be a ladie for euer: thou haſt not put theſe thinges vpon thy hart, neither haſt thou remembred thy later end.

8 And now heare theſe thinges thou that art delicate, and dwelleſt confidently, that ſayeſt in thy hart: I am, and there is none eles beſide me: I shal not ſitte a widow, and I shal not know barrenneſſe.

9 Theſe two thinges shal come to thee ſodenly in one day, barrenneſſe and widowhood. Al thinges are come vpon thee, becauſe of the multitude of thy ſorceries, and for the vehement hardnes of thine inchanters.

10 And thou haſt confidence in thy malice, & haſt ſayd: There is none that ſeeth me. Thy wiſdome; and thy knowlege, this hath deceiued thee. And thou haſt ſayd in⟨illegible⟩thy hart: I am, and beſide me there is none other.

11 Euil shal come vpon thee, and thou shalt not know the ryſing therof: and calamitie shal fal violently vpon thee, which thou canſt not expiate: miſerie shal come vpon thee ſodenly, which thou shalt not know.

12 Stand with thine inchanters, and with the multitude of thy ſorceries, in which thou haſt traueled from thy youth, if perhaps it may profite thee any thing, or if thou mayſt become ſtronger.

13 Thou haſt fayled in the multitude of thy counſels: let the aſtrologers of the heauen ſtand and ſaue thee, which did contemplate the ſtarres, and count the monethes, that by them they might tel thinges that shal come to thee.

14 Behold they are become as ſtuble, fire hath burnt them, they shal not deliuer their ſoule from the hand of the flame: there are no coles, wherwith they may be warmed, nor fire, that they may ſitte therat.

15 So are the thinges become vnto thee, in whatſoeuer thou haſt traueled: thy merchants from thy youth, euerie one hath erred in his owne way, there is none that can ſaue thee.

Marginal notes to Chapter 47

  • 1 [::] Babylon not hitherto ouercome at laſt was brought to miſerie and deſtruction.
  • 3 Nahum. 3.
  • 6 [::] Gods people cōtaminating themſelues with ſinne, were ſuffered to fal into ignominious captiuitie; but God geueth them grace of repentance, & then ſeuerely punisheth their vnmerciful afflicters & pe⟨illegible⟩ecuters.
  • 8 Apoc. ⟨illegible⟩.
  • 8 Inſea 51.

Chapter 48

CHAP. XLVIII. The prophet inueigheth against the Iewes vaine boaſting of the name of Iſrael, not hauing true vertues. 3. Onlie God, not idoles, foresheweth thinges to come: 9. for his owne names ſake, conſerueth his people, 16. Inuiteth them to repent, and to be gratful for his benefites.

1 HEARE ye theſe thinges ô houſe of Iacob, which are called by the name of Iſrael, and are come out of [::] the waters of Iuda, which ſweare in the name of our Lord, & are mindful of the God of Iſrael not in truth, nor in iuſtice.

2 For they are called of the holie citie, and are eſtablished vpon the God of Iſrael: the Lord of hoſtes is his name.

3 The former thinges of old I haue declared, and they proceded out of my mouth, and I haue made them to be heard: ſodenly I haue wrought, and they came.

4 For I knew that thou art ſtubburne, and thy necke is an yron ſinew, and thy forehead of braſſe.

5 I foretold thee of old: before they came I told thee, leſt perhaps thou shouldeſt ſay: My idols haue done theſe thinges, and my ſculptils, and moltens haue commanded theſe thinges.

6 See al the thinges which thou haſt heard: but haue you declared them? I haue made thee know new thinges of old, and the thinges are kept which thou knoweſt not:

7 now they are created, and not of old: and before the day, and thou heardeſt them not, leſt perhaps thou mighreſt ſay: Behold I knewe them.

8 Thou haſt neither heard, nor knowen, neither was thyne eare opened of old. For I know that tranſgreſſing thou wilt tranſgreſſe, and I haue called thee a tranſgreſſour from the wombe.

9 [::] For my names ſake I wil make my furie far of: and for my prayſe I wil bridle thee, that thou perish not.

10 Behold I haue fined thee, but not as ſiluer, I haue choſen thee in the fornace of pouertie.

11 For myſelf, for my ſelf wil I do it, that I be not blaſphemed: and I wil not geue my glorie to an other.

12 Heare me ô Iacob, and thou Iſrael whom I cal: I the ſame, I the firſt, & I the laſt.

13 My hand alſo hath founded the earth, and my right hand hath meaſured the heauens: I shal cal them, and they shal ſtand together.

14 Aſſemble ye together al you, and heare: which of them hath shewed theſe thinges? The Lord hath loued him, he wil do his wil in Babylon, and his arme in the Chaldees.

15 I, euen I haue ſpoken, and called him: I haue brought him, and his way is directed.

16 Come ye to me, and heare this: I haue not ſpoken in ſecrete from the begynning, from the time before it was done, I was there, and now the Lord God hath ſent me, and his ſpirite.

17 Thus ſayth our Lord thy redemer the holie one of Iſrael: I the Lord thy God that teach thee profitable thinges, that gouerne thee in the way that thou walkeſt.

18 I would thou hadſt attended to my commandments: thy peace had bene as a floud, and thy iuſtice as the waues of the ſea.

19 And thy ſeede had bene as the ſand, and the ſtocke of thy wombe as the grauel ſtones therof: his name had not perished, neither had it bene deſtroyed from before my face.

20 Come forth out of Babylon, flee from the Chaldees, shew it forth in the voice of exultation: make this to be heard, and ſpeake it out euen to the endes of the earth. Say: Our Lord hath redemed his ſeruant Iacob.

21 They thirſted not in the deſert, when he brought them forth: water out of the rocke he brought forth to them, and he cloue the rocke, and there flowed waters.

22 There is[::] no peace to the impious, ſayth our Lord.

Marginal notes to Chapter 48

  • 1 [::] By waters in the Hebrew phraſe, is here vnderſtood the fountaine, or ſpring, the prophet ſpeaking to thoſe that were of the tribe of Iuda. who eſpecially halenged the preeminences and bleſſings of Iſrael the Patriarch, but had not his vertues of fortitude, and internal fight of God, ſignified by the name Iſrael.
  • 9 [::] God ſpareth & conſerueth his people not for their merites but of his mercie, ſhevving his benignitie that they may repent if they vvil.
  • 20 Iere. 2⟨illegible⟩.
  • 21 Exo. 17.
  • 21 Nu. 20.
  • 22 [::] Theſe promiſes of reconciliation to God, and of peace perteine to the penitent not to the obſtinate in impietie.

Chapter 49

CHAP. XLIX. [Margin: The 8. part. Al nations ſhal be conuerted to Chriſt: ſome Iewes in the primitiue Church, and many nere the end of the world.] Chriſt shal lead the Gentiles to ſaluation, euen of the ilandes and vttermoſt partes of the world. 10. By him the faithful shal receiue much grace, 14. and comforth. 18. The Church ſtil increaſing, 21. admiring herowne felicitie: 25. and the destruction of her enimies.

1 HEARE ye ilands, and attend ye peoples[::] from a farre. The Lord hath called me from the wombe, from my mothers bellie he hath bene mindful of my name.

2 And he hath made my mouth as a sharpe ſword: in the shadow of his hand he hath protected me, & hath made me as a choſen arrow in his quiuer he hath hidden me.

3 And he ſayd to me: Thou art my ſeruant Iſrael, becauſe in thee wil I glorie.

4 And I ſayd: I haue laboured in vayne, without cauſe, and in vayne haue I ſpent my ſtrength: therfore my iudgement is with the Lord, and my worke with my God.

5 And now ſayth the Lord, that formed me from the wombe to be his ſeruant, that I may reduce Iacob vnto him, and Iſrael wil not be gathered together: and I am glorified in the eies of the Lord, and my God is made my ſtrength.

6 And he ſayd: It is a ſmal thing that thou shouldeſt be my ſeruant to rayſe vp the tribes of Iacob, and to conuert the dregges of Iſrael. Behold, I haue geuen thee to be the light of the Gentiles, that thou mayſt be ſaluation euen to the fardeſt part of the earth.

7 Thus ſayth our Lord the redemer of Iſrael, the holie one therof, to the contemptible ſoule, to the nation that is abhorred, to the ſeruant of lordes: kinges shal ſee, & princes shal riſe, & adore for our Lords ſake, becauſe he is faythful, & for the holie one of Iſrael who hath choſen thee.

8 Thus ſayth our Lord: In time acceptable I haue heard thee, and in the day of ſaluation I haue holpen thee: and I haue kept thee, and geuen thee to be a couenant of the people, that thou mighteſt rayſe vp the land, and poſſeſſe the inheritances diſſipated:

9 that thou mighteſt ſay to them, that are bound: Come forth: & to them that are in darkneſſe: Be ye diſcouered. Vpon the wayes shal they feede, & their paſtures shal be in al plaines.

10 They shal not hunger, nor thirſt, & heate and ſunne shal not ſtrike them: becauſe he that is merciful to them, shal gouerne them, and al the fountaines of waters shal geue them drinke.

11 And I wil make al my mountaines to be a way, & my pathes shal be exalted.

12 Behold theſe shal come from farre, & behold they from the North and the ſea, and theſe from the South countrie.

13 Ye heauens prayſe, and earth reioyce, ye mountaynes geue prayſe with iubilation▪ becauſe our Lord hath comforted his people, and wil haue mercie on his poore ones.

14 And [::] Sion ſayd: Our Lord hath forſaken me, & our Lord hath forgotten me.

15 Why, [::] can a woman forget her infant, that she wil not haue pitie on the ſonne of her wombe? And if she should forget, yet wil not I forget thee.

16 Behold, I haue writen thee in my handes: thy walles are before myne eies alwayes.

17 Thy builders are come: they that deſtroy thee, and diſſipate thee shal goe out of thee.

18 Lift vp thine eies round about, and ſee▪ al theſe are gathered together, they are come to thee: I liue, ſaith our Lord, for thou shalt be clothed with al theſe as with an ornament, and as a bride thou shalt put them about thee.

19 Becauſe thy deſerts, and thy ſolitarie places, and the land of thy ruine shal now be ſtraite by reaſon of the inhabitants, and they shal be chaſed far away that ſwalowed thee vp.

20 As yet shal the children of thy barrenneſſe ſay in thine eares: The place is ſtraite for me, make me ſpace to dwel.

21 And thou shalt ſay in thy hart: Who hath begot me theſe? I am barren & not bearing, ledde into tranſmigration, and captiue: and theſe who hath brought vp? I deſtitute and alone: & theſe where were they?

22 Thus ſayth our Lord God: Behold I wil lift vp my hand to the Gentiles, & to the peoples I wil exalt my ſigne. And shal carie thy ſonnes in their armes, and thy daughters vpon their shoulders.

23 And kinges shal be thy nourcing fathers, & queenes thy nources: with countenance caſt downe toward the ground they shal adore thee, & they shal licke vp the duſt of thy feete. And thou shalt know that I am the Lord, vpon whom they shal not be confounded that expect him.

24 Shal a praye be taken from the ſtrong? or can that which was caught of the mightie be ſaued?

25 Becauſe thus ſayth our Lord: Yea verely, euen the captiuitie shal be taken away from the ſtrong: and that which was taken by the mightie, shal be ſaued. But thoſe that haue iudged thee, wil I iudge, and thy children I wil ſaue.

26 And I wil feede thine enemies with their owne flesh: and as with new wine, ſo shal they be embrewed with their owne bloud: and al flesh shal know, that I am the Lord that ſaue thee, and thy redemer the mightie one of Iacob.

Marginal notes to Chapter 49

  • 1 [::] This word from afarre (& the like) doth conuince (ſaith S. Ierom) that the prophet ſpeaketh of al nations to be conuerted to Chriſt. And as this Prophet hath already ſpoken much of Chriſt and his Church, ſo hence forth more eſpecially he ſheweth him ſelfe rather an Euangeliſt, or an Apoſtle then only a Prophet. which S. Ierom teſtifieth of him. Epiſt. ad Paulin.
  • 6 Act. 13.
  • 8 2. Cor. 6
  • 10 Apoc. 7.
  • 14 [::] The Church of the old teſtament lamenteth that ſhe ſemeth to be forſaken, in reſpect of the manie great benefites beſtowed on the Church of Chriſt.
  • 15 [::] But God anſwereth that he can not, & wil not forget, nor forſake his Church which in dede is al one in the old and new teſtament, only differing in ſtate, and therfore that which he doth to her in the new teſtament, perteyneth to the whole Church in general of al times & al places.
  • 18 Iſa. 6⟨illegible⟩.

Chapter 50

CHAP. L. The Sinagogue shal be diuorced for her iniquities. 4. Chriſt wil omite no ordinarie meanes, but for her ſake wil indure ignominious afflictions. 10. Al which she contemning shal perish.

1 THVS ſayth our Lord: What is this [::] bill of the diuorce of our mother, wherwith I haue diſmiſſed her? or who is [::] my creditour, to whom I ſold you? Loe you are ſolde [::] for your wicked deedes, I haue diſmiſt your mother.

2 Becauſe I came, and there was not a man: I called, and there was none that would heare. Why, is myne hand abridged and made a litle one, that I can not redeme? or is there no ſtrength in me to deliuer? Behold, in my rebuke I wil make the ſea deſert, I wil turne the floodes into drie land: the fishes shal rot without water, and shal dye for thirſt.

3 I wil clothe the heauens with darknes, and wil make ſackcloth their couering.

4 The Lord hath geuen me [::] a learned tongue, that I may know to ſtay him vp that is wearie, with a word: he ſtirreth vp in the morning, in the morning he ſtirreth vp mine eare, that I may heare him as a maſter.

5 The Lord God hath opened mine eare, and I doe not gaynſay? I am not gone backward.

6 I haue geuen my bodie to the ſtrikers, & my cheekes to the pluckers: I haue not turned away my face from the rebukers & ſpitters.

7 The Lord God is mine helper, therfore am I not confounded: therfore haue I ſet my face, as a moſt hard rocke, and I know that I shal not be confounded.

8 He is neere that iuſtifieth me, who shal gayneſay me? let vs ſtand together▪ who is myne aduerſarie? let him come to me.

9 Behold the Lord God, my helper: who is he that shal condemne me? Loe they shal al be deſtroyed as a garment, the mothe shal eate them.

10 Which of you feareth our Lord, heareth the voice of his ſeruant, who hath walked in darkenes, and hath no light? let him hope in the name of our Lord, and leane vpon his God.

11 Loe al you doe kindle a fyre, are compaſſed with flames, walke in the light of your fyre, and in the flames which you haue kindled: of my hand is this done to you, you shal ſleepe in ſorrowes.

Marginal notes to Chapter 50

  • 1 [::] God diuorced not the Synagogue from him of hardnes of hart.
  • 1 [::] Neither deliuered her for payment, as though he were in debt to anie creditor.
  • 1 [::] But her owne reuolt, and iniquities ſeparated her from Chriſt.
  • 2 Iſa. 59. Num. 11.
  • 4 [::] Skill of tongue how to ſpeake, & diſcretion when & where, was geuen to Iſaias, ch. 6. v. 6. Much more (ſaith S. Ierom) to Chriſte who ſpake in his life, was ſilent in his paſſion, and now ſpeaketh by his Apoſtles, and other paſtores.
  • 6 Mat. 26.
  • 8 Rom. 8.

Chapter 51

CHAP. LI. God encoregeth Sion to truſt in his promiſed comfort⟨illegible⟩, by example of Abraham. 3. For the ſpiritual Sion, the Church of Chriſt, shal receiue much grace by his Euangelical law: 12. and her children shal not feare perſecution, nor be ouercome; 23. but her enemies shal faile.

1 HEARE me ye that folow that which is iuſt, and that ſeeke our Lord: attend to [::] the rocke whence you are hewen out, & to the caue of the lake from the which you are cut out.

2 Attend to Abraham your father, and to Sara that bare you: becauſe I called him alone, and bleſſed him, & multiplied him.

3 Our Lord therfore wil comfort Sion, and wil comfort al the ruines therof: and he wil make her deſert as delicacies, and her wildernes as the garden of our Lord. Ioy and gladnes shal be found in it, geuing of thankes, and voice of prayſe.

4 Attend vnto me ô my people, and my tribe heare ye me: becauſe a law shal proceede from me, and my iudgement shal reſt to be a light of the peoples.

5 My iuſt one is nigh at hand, my ſauiour is gone forth, and mine armes shal iudge peoples: the ilands shal expect me, and shal patiently wayte for mine arme.

6 Lift vp your eies into heauen, and looke downe to the earth beneath: becauſe the heauens shal melt as ſmoke, and the earth shal be worne away as a garment, and like to theſe thinges shal the inhabitants therof perish: but my ſaluation shal be for euer, and my iuſtice shal not faile.

7 Heare me ye that know that which is iuſt, my people which haue my law in their hart: feare ye not the reproch of men, and be not afrayd of their blaſphemies.

8 For as a garment, ſo shal the worme eate them: and as wool, ſo shal the moth deuoure them, but my ſaluation shal be for euer, and my iuſtice vnto generations of generations.

9 Ariſe, ariſe, put on ſtrength ô arme of our Lord: ariſe as in the old dayes, in the generations of worldes. [::] Haſt not thou ſtriken the proude, wounded the dragon?

10 Haſt not thou dried the ſea, the water of the vehement, which madeſt the depth of the ſea a way, that the deliuered might paſſe.

11 And now they that are redemed of our Lord, shal returne, and shal come into Sion prayſing, and ioy euerlaſting vpon their heades, they shal poſſeſſe ioy and gladnes, ſorrow and mourning shal flee away.

12 I, euen I my ſelf wil comfort you: who art thou that thou shouldeſt be afrayd of a mortal man, and of the ſonne of man, which as graſſe ſo shal wither?

13 And thou haſt forgotten our Lord thy maker, which ſtretched out the heauens, and founded the earth: and thou haſt bene afrayd continually al the day at the face of his furie, which afflicted thee, and had prepared to deſtroy: where is now the furie of the affliction?

14 He shal quickly come going to open, and he shal not kil vnto vtter deſtruction, neither shal his bread faile.

15 But I am the Lord thy God which truble the ſea, and the waues therof doe ſwel, the Lord of hoſtes is my name.

16 I haue put my wordes in thy mouth, and in the shadow of my hand I haue protected thee, that thou mighteſt plant the heauens, and found the earth: & mighteſt ſay to Sion: Thou art my people.

17 Be lifted vp, be lifted vp, ariſe Ieruſalem, which haſt drunken of the hand of our Lord the cuppe of his wrath: euen to the botome of the cuppe of drouſines haſt thou drunke, euen to the dregges.

18 There is none that can vphold her of al the children, that she hath borne: and there is none that taketh her by the hand of al the children, that she hath brought vp.

19 There are two thinges which haue happened to thee: who shal be ſorie for thee? [::] Spoile, and deſtruction, and famine, and the ſword, who shal comfort thee?

20 Thy children are throwen forth, they haue ſlept in the head of alwayes, as the orix that is ſnared: ful of the indignation of our Lord, of the rebuke of thy God.

21 Therefore heare this poore little one, and drunken not of wine.

22 Thus ſayth thy dominatour our Lord, and thy God, who hath fought for his people: Behold I haue taken out of thy hand the cuppe of drouſines, the botome of the cuppe of mine indignation, thou shalt not adde to drinke it any more.

23 And I wil put it in their hand, that haue humbled thee, and haue ſayd to thy ſoule: Bow downe, that we may paſſe ouer: and thou haſt layd thy bodie as the ground, and as a way to them that paſſe ouer?

Marginal notes to Chapter 51

  • 1 [::] In the next verſe the rock & caue are explicated to ſignifie Abraham and Sara; who are propoſed for examples to be imitated, being ſo noble progenitors of the Iewes▪ S. Paul exhorteth his countrie men, and in them al Chriſtians the like in ſpiritual progenitors, that firſt plant Catholique Religion in anie place ſaying: Remember your Prelates vvhich haue ſpoken the vvord of God to you: Heb. 13.
  • 7 Pſal. 36.
  • 9 [::] As God deſtroyed Pharao the proud dragon in the ſea, which he dried vp for his people to paſſe; ſo he wil ouerthrow the diuel & deliuer captiues from ſinne & tyrannie.
  • 10 Exo. 14.
  • 16 Iſa. 49.
  • 19 [::] Spoile & deſtruction ſhal happen by famine & ſword.
  • 19 Iſa. 47.

Chapter 52

CHAP. LII. The prophet alluding to the deliuerie of Sion and Ieruſalem from Babylonical captiuitie, ſturreth vp the Church of Chriſt, to reioyce for the deliuerie from ſinne: 7. which Chriſts Apoſtles preached: 10. with great fruite in al nations.

1 ARISE, ariſe, put on thy ſtrength ô Sion, put on the garments of thy glorie ô Ieruſalem the citie of the holie one: becauſe the vncircumciſed, and vncleane shal adde no more to paſſe by thee.

2 Be shaken out of the duſt, ariſe, ſit vp Ieruſalem: looſe the bonds of thy necke ô captiue daughter of Sion.

3 Becauſe thus ſayth our Lord: You [::] were ſold for nought, and [::] without ſiluer you shal be redemed.

4 Becauſe thus ſayth our Lord God: My people went downe into Aegypt at the beginning to be a ſeiourner there: and Aſſur without any cauſe did oppreſſe them.

5 And now what haue I here, ſayth our Lord: becauſe my people is taken away for nought? Their rulers doe vniuſtly, ſayth our Lord▪ and continually al the day my name is blaſphemed.

6 For this cauſe shal my people know my name in that day: becauſe I myſelf that ſpake, loe am preſent.

7 How beautiful vpon the mountaines are the feete of him that euangelizeth & preacheth peace: of him that telleth good, preaching health, that ſayeth to Sion: Thy God shal reigne!

8 The voice of thy watchemen, they haue lifted vp their voice, they shal prayſe▪ together: becauſe eie to eie they shal ſee when our Lord shal conuert Sion.

9 Reioyce, & prayſe together ye deſerts of Ieruſalem: becauſe our Lord hath comforted his people: he hath redemed Ieruſalem.

10 Our Lord hath prepared his holie arme in the ſight of al the Gentiles: and al the endes of the earth shal ſee the ſaluation of our God.

11 [::] Depart, depart, goe ye out from thence, touch not a polluted thing: goe out of the middes of her, be cleanſed ye that carie the veſſeles of our Lord.

12 Becauſe you shal not goe out in tumult, neither with flight shal you make haſt▪ for our Lord wil goe before you, and the God of Iſrael wil gather you together.

13 Behold my ſeruant shal vnderſtand, he shal be exalted, and shal be lifted vp, and shal be exceding high.

14 As manie haue bene aſtoined vpon thee, ſo shal his looke among men be inglorious, and his forme among the ſonnes of men.

15 He shal ſprinkle manie nations, kinges shal shut their mouthe vpon him: becauſe they to whom it was not told of him, haue ſene: and they that heard not haue beheld.

Marginal notes to Chapter 52

  • 3 [::] The Iewes had not wronged the Babylonians, neither had mankind ſinned againſt the diuel, but both had offended God
  • 3 [::] VVho of his bountie payde mans ranſom: which no other man was able to pay.
  • 4 Gen. 46.
  • 5 Rom. 2. Ezec. ⟨illegible⟩.
  • 11 [::] Communication with infidels in ſpiritual thinges is in no caſe lawful. as S. Paul sheweth by this text. 2. Cor. 6. v. 17.

Chapter 53

CHAP. LIII. Al wil not beleue Chriſts Goſpel to whom it shal be preached: 2. as the myſterie of his ignominious death for al mens ſinnes: 7. which he wil ſuffer most mekely: 10. for which his name shal be glorified in al places.

1 VVHO [::] hath beleued our hearing? and the arme of our Lord to whom is it reueled?

2 And he shal come vp as a yong ſpring before him, and as a roote from a thirſtie ground: there is no beautie in him, nor comelineſſe: and we haue ſene him, and there was no ſightlines, and we were deſirous of him.

3 Deſpiſed, and moſt abiect of men, a man of ſorowes, and knowing infirmitie: and his looke as it were hid and deſpiſed, whereupon neither haue we eſtemed him.

4 He ſurely hath borne our infirmities, and our ſorowes he hath caried: and we haue thought him as it were a leper, and ſtriken of God and humbled.

5 But he was wounded for our iniquities, he was broken for our ſinnes: the diſcipline of our peace vpon him, and with the waile of his ſtripe we are healed.

6 Al we haue ſtrayed as sheepe, euerie one hath declined into his owne way: and our Lord hath put vpon him the iniquitie of al vs.

7 He was offered becauſe him ſelf would, and opened not his mouth: as a sheepe to ſlaughter shal he be led, and as a lambe before his shearer, he shal be dumme, and shal not open his mouth:

8 from diſtreſſe, and from iudgement he was taken vp: who shal declare his generation? becauſe he is cut out of the land of the liuing: for the wickednes of my people haue I ſtriken him.

9 And he [::] shal geue the impious for his burial, and [::] the riche for his death: becauſe he hath not done iniquitie, neither was there guile in his mouth.

10 And our Lord would breake him in infirmitie: if he shal put away his ſoule for ſinne, he shal ſee ſeede of long age, and the wil of our Lord shal be directed in his hand.

11 For that his ſoule hath laboured, he shal ſee and be filled: in his knowlege the ſame my iuſt ſeruant shal iuſtifie manie, and he shal beare their iniquities.

12 Therefore wil I diſtribute vnto him verie manie, and he shal diuide the ſpoiles of the ſtrong, for that he hath deliuered his ſoule vnto death, and was reputed with the wicked: and he hath borne the ſinnes of manie, and hath prayed for the tranſgreſſours.

Marginal notes to Chapter 53

  • 1 [::] That manie hearing the truth preached do not beleue it, is by their obſtinate freewil, becauſe they do not obey the Goſpel. Ro. 10. v. 16. when their vnderſtanding directeth them that it is not diſagreable to reaſon.
  • 9 [::] Our Sauiour died and was buried where the wicked were cōmonly puniſhed.
  • 9 [::] Yet was buried richly & honorably by Ioſeph of Aromathia & Nicodemus.

Chapter 54

CHAP. LIIII. Gentiles who were barren, shal multiplie in the Church of Chriſt: 10. from which Gods mercie shal neuer be ſeparated.

1 PRAISE [::] ô barren woman which beareſt not: ſing prayſe, and make ioyful noyſe, which didſt not beare: becauſe manie are the children of the deſolate more then of her, that hath a husband, ſaith our Lord.

2 Enlarge the place of thy tent, and ſtretch out the skinnes of thy tabernacles, ſpare not: make long thy coardes, and faſten thy nailes.

3 For thou shalt penetrate to the right hand, and to the left: and thy ſeede shal inherite the Gentiles, and shal inhabite the deſolate cities.

4 Feare not, becauſe thou shalt not be confounded, nor blush: for thou shalt not be ashamed, becauſe thou shalt forget the confuſion of thy youth, and the reproch of thy widowhood thou shalt remenber no more.

5 Becauſe he shal rule ouer thee that made thee, the Lord of hoſtes is his name: & thy redemer the holie one of Iſrael, shal be called the God of al the earth.

6 For as a woman forſaken & mourning in ſpirit hath our Lord called thee, and as a wife caſt of from her youth, hath thy God ſayd:

7 For a moment, a litle while haue I forſaken thee, & in great mercies wil I gather thee.

8 In a moment of indignation haue I hid my face a litle while from thee, and in mercie euerlaſting haue I had mercie on thee, ſayd thy redeemer our Lord.

9 As in the daies of Noe is this thing to me, to whom I ſware, that I would no more bring in the waters of Noe vpon the earth: [::] ſo haue I ſworne not to be angrie with thee, and not to rebuke thee.

10 For [::] the mountaines shal be moued, and the little hilles shal tremble: but my mercie shal not depart from thee, and the couenant of my peace shal not be moued: ſayd our Lord thy miſeratour.

11 Poore litle one shaken with tempeſt, without al comfort, behold I wil lay thy ſtones in order, and wil found thee in ſapphires,

12 and I wil put the iaſper ſtone for thy munitions: and thy gates into grauen ſtones, and al thy borders into ſtones worthie to be deſired.

13 Al thy children taught of our Lord: & a multitude of peace to thy children.

14 And in iuſtice thou shalt be founded: depart far from calumnie becauſe thou shalt not feare: and from dread, becauſe it shal not approch to thee.

15 Behold, the borderer shal come, which was not with me, thy ſtranger ſometime, shal be ioyned to thee.

16 Behold, I haue created the ſmith that bloweth the coles in the fire, and bringeth forth a veſſel for his worke, & I created the killer to deſtroy.

17 Euerie veſſel, that is made agaynſt thee, shal not proſper: and euerie tongue reſiſting thee in iudgement, thou shalt iudge.

18 This is the inheritance of the ſeruants of our Lord, and their iuſtice with me, ſayth our Lord.

Marginal notes to Chapter 54

  • 1 [::] In the old teſtament Gentiles were barren bringing no fruite to God, but in the new teſtament they are fructful, & the Iewes are barren, til the later end of the world, when they alſo ſhal be fructful againe.
  • 1 Gal. 4.
  • 5 Lut. ⟨illegible⟩.
  • 9 Gen. 9.
  • 9 [::] As it is aſſured that the world ſhal neuer be drowned againe with water: ſo it is, that the Church of Chriſt ſhal neuer be ſuppreſſed.
  • 10 [::] An other aſſurance that moutaines & hilles ſhal rather be moued, yea ſome mountaines shal be remoued, but the Church shal be alwayes firme and perpetual.
  • 13 Ioan. ⟨illegible⟩. v. 45.

Chapter 55

CHAP. LV. God promiſeth abundance of ſpiritual graces to the faithful, 4. that shal beleue in Chriſt of al nations: 7. and ſincerely ſerue him.

1 ALYE [::] that thirſt come to the waters: and you that haue no ſiluer, make haſt, bye, & eate: come, bye without ſiluer, and without any exchange wine and milke.

2 Why beſtow you ſiluer not for bread, & your labour not for ſaciety? Hearing heare ye me, and eate that which is ⟨illegible⟩d, and your ſoule shal be delighted in fatnes.

3 Incline your eare, & come to me: heare, and your ſoule shal liue, and I wil make an euerlaſting couenant with you, the faythful mercies of Dauid.

4 Behold I haue geuen him for a witnes to the peoples, for a prince and maſter to the Gentiles.

5 Behold thou shalt cal the nation, which thou knoweſt not: and the nations that knew not thee shal runne to thee, becauſe of the Lord thy God, and the holie one of Iſrael: becauſe he hath glorified thee.

6 Seeke ye our Lord whiles he may be found, inuocate him, whiles he is neere.

7 [::] Let the impious forſake his way, and the vniuſt man his cogitations, and returne to our Lord, and he wil haue mercie on him, and to our God: becauſe he is bountiful to forgeue.

8 For my cogitations are not your cogitations: nor your wayes my wayes, ſayth our Lord.

9 [::] For as the heauens are exalted aboue the earth, ſo are my wayes exalted aboue your wayes, and my cogitations aboue your cogitations.

10 And as the showre cometh downe, and the ſnow from heauen, and returneth no more thither, but inebriateth the earth, and watereth it, and maketh it to ſpring, and geueth ſeede to the ſower, and bread to him that eateth:

11 ſo shal my word be, which shal proceede from my mouth: it shal not returne to me voyde, but it shal doe what thinges ſoeuer I would, and shal proſper in theſe thinges for which I ſent it.

12 Becauſe you shal goe forth in ioy, and in peace shal you be conducted, the mountaines and the litle hilles shal ſing prayſe before you, and al the wood of the countrie shal clap the hand.

13 For the shrubbe, shal come vp the firre tree, and for the nettle, shal grow the myrtle tree: and our Lord shal be named for an euerlaſting ſigne, that shal not be taken away.

Marginal notes to Chapter 55

  • 1 [::] Grace is offered to al, but thoſe only are iuſtified, and replenished with more grace and ſpiritual giftes that cooperate, doing that which in them lieth, deſiring & thirſting iuſtice, for ſuch (ſaith our Sauiour) ſhal haue their fil. Mat. 5. v. 6.
  • 1 Apo. 22.
  • 3 Act. 13.
  • 7 [::] The beginning of Gods ſeruice is to forſake the way of wickednes.
  • 9 [::] The wayes of Gods ſeruice, and of ſeruing this world, are ſo oppoſite and contrarie, that it is vnpoſſible to walke in them both at once. No man can ſerue theſe two maſters, God and this world▪ we muſt therfore ſo vſe this world, that we may ſerue God, and inherite heauen.

Chapter 56

CHAP. LVI. God inuiteth al men in thought and dede to kepe his law: 4. promiſeth bleſſing and reward to thoſe that profeſſe, and kepe perpetual chaſtitie. 9. and reproueth euil pastors.

1 THYS ſayth our Lord: Keepe ye [::] iudgement, and doe iuſtice: becauſe my ſaluation is nere to come: and my iuſtice to be reueled.

2 Bleſſed is the man that doth this thing, and the ſonne of man that shal apprehend this: keping the Sabbath that he pollute it not, keping his handes that he doe no euil.

3 And let not the ſonne of the ſtranger, that cleaueth to our Lord, ſay: By ſeperation the Lord wil diuide me from his people.

4 And “ let not the eunuch ſay: Behold I am a drie tree. Becauſe thus ſayth our Lord to the eunuches: They that shal kepe my [::] Sabbathes, and [::] shal chooſe the thinges that I would, and shal hold my couenant:

5 I wil geue vnto them in my houſe, and within my walles a place, and a name better then ſonnes and daughters: an euerlaſting name wil I geue them, which shal not perish.

6 And the children of the ſtranger that cleaue to the Lord, to worshipe him, & to loue his name, to be his ſeruants: euerie one that kepeth the Sabbath not to pollute it, and that holdeth my couenant.

7 I wil bring them into my holie mount, and wil make them ioyful in the houſe of my prayer: their holocauſtes, and their victims shal pleaſe me vpon mine altar: becauſe my houſe shal be called the houſe of prayer to al peoples.

8 Sayth our Lord God that gathereth the diſperſed of Iſrael⟨illegible⟩ As yet wil I gather vnto it, the gathered together therof.

9 [::] Al ye beaſts of the fielde come to deuoure, al ye beaſtes of the foreſt.

10 His watchmen al blind haue bene ignorant: dume dogges not able to barke, ſeing vaine thinges, ſleeping and louing dreames.

11 And moſt inpudent dogges, they haue knowne no ſacie⟨illegible⟩ie: the paſtors themſelues haue bene ignorant▪ of vnderſtanding: al haue declined into their owne way, euerie one to his owne auarice, from the higheſt euen to the laſt.

12 Come, let vs take wine, and be filled with drunkennes, and it shal be as today, ſo alſo to morow, and much more.

Marginal notes to Chapter 56

  • 1 [::] Iudgement is a right reſolution to do Gods wil, and iuſtice is the perfect performance therof: as before is noted. cha. 32.
  • 1 Sap. 1.
  • 4 [::] Vnder the name of Sabbath is vnderſtood the obſeruation of al the law.
  • 4 [::] Thoſe that of free election chooſe good thinges not commanded deſerue greater reward.
  • 7 Mat. 21. Mar. 11. Luc 19.
  • 9 [::] The prophet foreſeing in ſpirit the careles negligence of ſome paſtores, of iuſt zele & charitie, inueigheth againſt them: watning them of their greeuous puniſhment.
  • 11 Iere. 6. & 8. Sap. 2.

ANNOTATIONS. CHAP. LVI.

4. ⟨illegible⟩ not the Eunuch ſay: I am a drie tree.] To be barren vvithout children [Margin: Iſſue of children was a bleſſing of the old Teſtament Virginitie is a greater bleſſing in the Church of Chriſt.] [Margin: Exo. 2⟨illegible⟩. Deut. ⟨illegible⟩.] vvas ignominious amongſt the Iewes in the old teſtament, becauſe God hauing then choſen that only nation for his peculiar people, the conſeruation and increaſe of his Church depended much vpon their multiplication. But ſeing the Church of Chriſt in the nevv teſtament, ſhould be gathered, and conſiſt of al Nations: the Prophet here forſheweth, that Chriſtian Eunuches liuing virgins, or continent, ſhould not be ignoble or inglorious, but more glorious and haue a better name then (Gods other ſeruants) ſonnes and daughters: an euerlaſting name, vvhich shal not perish: becauſe keping Gods precepts (ſuch as vvas the Sabbath) they alſo of their free election, chooſe this ſtate of life to kepe perpetual chaſtitie, more then is commanded. Againſt vvhich plaine ſenſe of the text, Proteſtants oppoſe their ovvne gloſſes. Peter Martyr (li de calibatu & votis Monaſticis) [Margin: Proteſtantes expoſitions of this place not true.] ſaith God preferreth not Eunuches before others that kepe the lavv, but only before them that tranſgreſſe the lavv. VVhich commentarie is faultie in tvvo reſpectes. For God here calleth them not tranſgreſſors, but his ſonnes and daughters, before vvhom he preferreth holie Eunuches: neither ſpeaketh of ſuch as ſhal be excluded from good place or good name, but of ſuch as ſhal enioy both; and ſayth theſe Eunuches ſhal haue a better place, & better name▪ that is, more renovvme, and greater revvard. Other Proteſtants expound this better name, to ſignifie, that ſuch Eunuches shal be called after (or according to) Gods [Margin: Bible 1603.] people, and be of the ſame religion: vvhich importeth no excellencie at al, in place or name, as the text expreſſeth: nay ſcarſe equalitie with other ſeruantes of God. Laſtly they adde (leſt perhaps this former ſenſe ſatisfie not the reader) yea vnder Chriſt (ſay they) the dignitie of the faithful, shal be greater then the Ievves vvere at that time. As though the compariſon made in this place, vvere to ſignifie the general difference betvven Gods ſeruants before and ſince Chriſt, and not particularly betvven Eunuches, and ſuch as haue children. Hovv much more meete [Margin: The ancient fathers vnderſtand this prophecie of vowed chaſtitie. Preferring it before Mariage.] therfore is it, to ſee and embrace the explications of the ancient holie Fathers? VVho vniformely vnderſtand & expound this prophecie, of ſuch as vovv perpetual chaſtitie in the Church of Chriſt, preferring that ſtate before Mariage? S. Baſil. (li. de virginitate) amongſt other reaſons and teſtimonies, bringeth this place in proofe of the excellencie of virginitie, that the revvard therof ſhal be, that for a humane name, God wil geue to virgins the name of immortal Angels, vvhich ſhal not faile, that they ſhal poſſeſſe a ſpecial place in heauen, not only the glorie of Angels, but an excellent dignitie amongſt Angels. S. Cyril of Alexandria in his commentaries vpon Iſaie: ſhevveth by this doctrine, that the revvardes of continencie are (eximia) excellent, and exceeding great; ſo that ſuch as be continent in bodie, do alſo kepe al Gods commandments. S. Ierom in his commentaries proueth that virginitie, or perpetual chaſtitie is a ſingular good vvorke of ſupererogation, not of precept but of Euangelical counſel, by the vvord elegerit, shal chooſe the thinges vvhich God vvould, rather then vvhich he condeſcending to mans vveakenes allovveth. Such an Eunuch (ſaith he) elegit quae Dominus voluit, vt plus offerat quam praeceptum eſt, hath choſen the thinges vvhich our Lord vvould, to offer more then is commanded. And ſuch an Eunuch (keping alſo Gods commandments) ſhal haue locum optimum, a chief good place in Gods houſe, vvhere be manie manſions, he ſhal be made a tovvre of our Lord, be placed in Sacerdotali gradu, Prieſtlie degree, & in ſtead of carnal chrildren ſhal haue manie ſpiritual children. Thus S. Ierom. The like vve might cite of [Margin (a): Ipſi ſunt qui habent in c⟨illegible⟩lo praemia ⟨illegible⟩aeteris preſtantiora.] S. Ambroſe in exhort. ad Virg. [Margin (b): Gloriam prepriam excellentemque nec erit quid commune cum multis.] S. Auguſtini, l⟨illegible⟩de ſancta virginitate. c. 24. & 25. [Margin (c): In aeternae manſione ſilijs preferuntur.] S. Gregorie. 3. p. Paſtorali▪ c. 29. &c. & others ſo expounding this prophecie.

Chapter 57

CHAP. LVII. The prophet lamenteth that men regard not, when the iuſt dye; 3. reprehendeth thoſe that ſcorne the godlie; 5. and committe horrible idolatrie; 11. for getting God: 14. who vſeth al benignitie to recal them: 20. but they contemne him.

1 THE iuſt :: perisheth, and there is none that conſidereth in his hart, & men of mercie are [::] gathered away, becauſe there is none that vnderſtandeth; for [::] at the face of malice, is the iuſt gathered away.

2 Let peace come, let him reſt in his bed that hath walked in his direction.

3 But come you hither ye children of the witch, the ſeede of the aduouterer, and of the harlot.

4 Vpon whom haue you ieſted? vpon whom haue you opened your mouth awide, and thruſt out the tongue? Are not you wicked children, a lying ſeede?

5 Which take comforte in the goddes vnder euerie thicke greenetree, immolating your litle ones in the torrents, vnder the high rockes?

6 In the partes of the torrent is thy part, this is thy lot: and thou haſt powred out libament to them, thou haſt offered ſacrifice. shal I not take indignation of theſe thinges?

7 Vpon an high and loftie mountaine thou haſt layd thy bed, and haſt gone vp thither to immolate hoſtes.

8 And behind the doore, and behind the poſt thou haſt ſer thy memorial: becauſe thou haſt diſcouered thyſelf neere me, and haſt receiued an aduouterer, thou haſt enlarged thy bed, and made a couenant with them: thou haſt loued their couche with open hand.

9 And thou haſt adorned thyſelf with royal oyntment, and haſt multiplied the gay payntings. Thou didſt ſend thy legates far of, & waſt humbled euen to hel.

10 In the multitude of thy way thou haſt laboured: thou ſaydſt not: I wil reſt: thou haſt found life of thine owne hand, therfore thou haſt not asked.

11 For whom, with careful reuerence, haſt thou feared, wheras thou haſt lied, & haſt not bene mindful of me, nor thought on me in thy hart? becauſe I am holding my peace, and as it were not ſeing, and thou haſt forgotten me.

12 I wil declare thy iuſtice, and thy workes shal not profite thee.

13 When thou shalt crie, let thy gathered together deliuer thee, and the winde shal take them al away, a ſoft blaſt shal beare them away: But he that hath confidence in me, shal inherite the land, and shal poſſeſſe my holie mount.

14 And I wil ſay: Make a way, geue paſſage, turne out of the path, take away ſtumbling blockes out of the way of my people.

15 Becauſe thus ſaith the High & eminent, that inhabiteth eternitie: and his name is holie, dwelling in the high, and holie place, and with a contrite & humble ſpirit: that he may reuiue the ſpirit of the humble, and reuine the hart of the contrite.

16 For I wil not contend for euer, neither wil I be wrath vnto the end: becauſe [::] the ſpitit ſhal proceede from my face, and breathinges I wil make.

17 For the iniquitie of his auarice I was angrie, and haue ſtriken him: I haue hid my face from thee, and haue taken indignation: and he hath gone wandering in the way of his owne hart.

18 I ſaw his wayes, and haue healed him, and reduced him, and haue reſtored conſolations vnto him, and to them that mourne for him.

19 I haue created the fruite of the lippes peace, peace to him, that is far of, and that is nere, ſaid our Lord, and I haue healed him.

20 But the impious are as it were the raging ſea, which can not be quiet, and the waues therof ouerflowe vnto conculcation and myre.

21 [::] There is no peace to the impious, ſayth our Lord God.

Marginal notes to Chapter 57

  • 1 [::] Iuſt men dying ſeme to the vvicked to periſh.
  • 1 [::] But they are gathered to the happie ſociety of other bleſſed ſoules. :: And commonly God ſo taketh away the iuſt, when he wil puniſh the wicked people, that they may not in this world ſee the general calamitie of others.
  • 14 Iſa. 62. 7. 10.
  • 16 [::] To the humble & contrite penitents God ſheweth al benignitie, and granteth vviſhed good thinges: as proſperous windes to ſea fa⟨illegible⟩ring traue⟨illegible⟩ers. & the like.
  • 21 [::] Thoſe that perſiſt obſtinate can haue no remiſſion of ſinne.
  • 21 Iſa. 46. v. 22.

Chapter 58

CHAP. LVIII. God commandeth the Prophet, to crie vnto the ſinful people vehemently, and inceſſantly to kepe the law, not only in shew and pretence, but ſincerely, leauing their owne wils, and ſeeking Gods wil: 9. ſo they shal receiue their good deſires, and reward of wel doing.

1 CRIE, [::] ceaſe not, as a trumpet exalt thy voice, and tel my people their wicked doinges, and the houſe of Iacob their ſinnes.

2 For me in deede they ſeeke from day to day, and they wil know my waies, as a nation that hath done iuſtice, and hath not ſorſaken the iudgement of their God: they aske of me the iudgements of iuſtice: they wil approch to God.

3 Why haue we faſted, and thou haſt not regarded: haue we humbled our ſoules, and thou haſt not knowen? Behold in the day of your faſt your owne wil is found, and you exact of al your detters.

4 Behold you faſt to debates and contentions, and ſtrike with the fiſt impiouſly. Doe not faſt as vntil this day, that your crie may be heard on high.

5 “ Is this ſuch a faſt, as I haue choſen: for a man by the day to afflict his ſoule? Is this it, to winde his head about like a circle, and to ſpread ſackcloth and ashes? wilt thou cal this a faſt, and a day acceptable to the Lord?

6 Is not this rather the faſt that I haue choſen? Diſſolue the bands of impietie, looſe the bundels that ouerlode, diſmiſſe them free that are broken, and breake in ſunder euerie burden.

7 Breake thy bread to the hungrie, and the needie, and herberles bring in into thy houſe: when thou shalt ſee the naked, couer him, and deſpiſe not thy flesh.

8 Then shal thy light breake forth as the morning, and thy health shal ſooner ariſe, & thy iuſtice shal goe before thy face, and the glorie of our Lord shal embrace thee.

9 Then shalt thou inuocate, and our Lord wil heare: thou shalt crie, and he wil ſay: Loe here I am. If thou wilt take away the cheine out of the middes of thee, and ceaſe :: to ſtretch out the finger, and to ſpeake that which profiteth not.

10 When thou shalt powre out thy ſoule to the hungrie, and shalt fil the afflicted ſoule, thy light shal ariſe vp in darkenes, and thy darkenes shal be as the noone day.

11 And our Lord wil geue thee reſt alwayes, and wil fil thy ſoule with brightnes, and deliuer thy bones, and thou shalt be as a watered garden, and as a fountaine of waters, whoſe waters shal not fayle.

12 And the deſerts of the worlds shal be builded in thee: thou shalt rayſe vp the fundations of generation and generation: and thou shalt be called the builder of the hedges, turning the pathes into reſt.

13 If thou turne away thy foote from the Sabbath, from doing thy wil in my holie day, and cal the Sabbath delicate, and the holie of our Lord glorious, and glorifie him, whiles thou doeſt not thine owne wayes, and thy wil be not found, to ſpeake a word:

14 Then shalt thou be delighted vpon the Lord, & I wil lift thee vp aboue the heightes of the earth, & wil feede thee with the inheritance of Iacob thy father. For the mouth of the Lord hath ſpoken.

Marginal notes to Chapter 58

  • 1 [::] Many ſinners are ſo faſt a ſleepe in their wickednes, that they can not, or rather wil not heare ordinarie admonitions: to ſuch therfore Gods preachers muſt crie, and not ceaſe to crie, as with a loude trumpette exalt their voice, opportunely, importunely, with al patience, and longamitie, til they make the deaſe to heare, to beleue the truth, and the dūme to ſpeake, that is, to proſeſſe vertue in word & dede. Mar. 7.
  • 5 Zach. 7.
  • 7 Ezec. 18. ⟨illegible⟩at. 25.
  • 12 Iſa ⟨illegible⟩1.

ANNOTATIONS CHAP. LVIII.

5. Is this ſuch a faſt, as I haue choſen?] Faſting is ſo often & clerly commended in holie Scriptures, that Proteſtantes (though not greatly affected therto) confeſſe [Margin: Proteſtants de tract from the praiſe & profite of faſting.] it to be a good thing of it ſelf, but in diuers reſpectes detract much from it: denying it to be an act of religion, but only of bodily mortification: neither do [Margin: Cultus. Des. Luc. 2. v. 37.] al generally allow of preſcript times, nor of abſtinence from fleſh thoſe dayes, vvhich they thinke good to faſt: and thoſe vvhich do abſtaine from fleſh, ſay they do it not for religion, but for the ordinance of ciuil policie. For vvhich opinion they allege out of this, and other places (Iere. 14. v. 12. Zacha. 7. v 5.) that ſuch affliction is not the faſt, which God hath choſen. But if they vvould conſider the coherence of the text, they ſhould finde the contrarie. For albeit faſting alone vvithout amendment of euil maners, and vvithout other good vvorkes, doth not appeaze Gods vvrath, no⟨illegible⟩ is agreable to Gods vvil, yet being ioyned vvith contrition of hart, and ſincere pietie, doth then greatly pleaſe him. And therfore our Lord God here (ſayth S. Ierom) leſt he might ſeme to reproue faſting, vvhich himſelf had commanded, teacheth hovv it behoueth to [Margin: Leuit 16. 33.] faſt: Non enim querit Deus afflictionem ſolam, & humiliationem animae per iniuriam [Margin: This ſeripture reproueth not faſting, but admonisheth to faſt eſpecially from ſinne.] corporis, vt inſlar circulitorqueat corpus, & colla ſubmi⟨illegible⟩tat, ac triſtis incedat: &c▪ Sed [Margin: Num. 29.] vt cum iſtis haec ſaciat quae ſequuntar. For God ſeeketh not onlie affliction, and humiliation of the ⟨illegible⟩oule by iniurie of the bodie; that one ſhould vvrith his bodie about like a circle, hold dovvne his neck, and goe penſiue, &c. But that vvith theſe thinges, he do thoſe vvhich folovv▪ to witte, Diſſolue the bandes of impietie, and [Margin: v. 6. & 7.] the reſt, as in the text. VVherupon this Doctor diſcourſeth at large, ſhevving that it profiteth not to carie an emptie bellie, and do thoſe thinges that diſpleaſe God. But faſting from meate, ſo that faſting from ſinne (by declining from euil, and doing good deedes) be ioyned vvithal: then (ſaith he) thy faſting vvil be acceptable: For then shal thy light breake forth as the morning, and thy health shal ſooner [Margin: v. 8] ariſe, and thy iuſtice shal goe before thy face, and the glorie of our Lord shal embrace thee. Further declaring the great profite therof by examples: that by faſting Daniel, [Margin: Chriſts faſt an example of the 40. dayes faſt in Lent.] [Margin: Dan 9. Ione. 3. 3 Reg. 19. Exo. 24. & 34.] the man of deſires knew thinges to come: the N⟨illegible⟩niuites pacified the vvrath of God Elias and Moyſes by fourtie dayes hunger were filled with the familiaritie of God: And our Lord him ſelf faſted ſo manie dayes in the vvildernes, vt nobis ſollennes ieiuniorum dies relinqueret, to leaue vnto vs the ſolemne dayes of faſtes.

Chapter 59

CHAP. LIX. Sinnes do ſeparate men from God: 3. as manſlaughter, theift, and lying, with contempt of iudgement and iustice. 12. Men are otherwiſe iudged iust or vniuſt in the world, then in dede they are before God: 16. who ſeeth and iudgeth al rightly.

1 BEHOLD the hand of our Lord is not abridged that he can not ſaue, neither is his eare made heauie that it can not heare.

2 But [::] your iniquities haue deuided betwen you and your God, and your ſinnes haue hid his face from you that he would not heare.

3 For your handes are polluted with bloud and your fingeres with iniquitie: your lippes haue ſpoken lie, and your tongue ſpeaketh iniquitie.

4 There is none that doth inuocate iuſtice, neither is there any that iudgeth truly: but they truſt in thinges of nothing, and ſpeake vanities: they haue conceiued labour, and brought forth iniquitie.

5 They haue broken the egges of aſpes, and haue wouen the ſpiders webbes: he that shal eate of their egges, shal die: and that which is nourished, shal be hatched into a cockatrice.

6 Their webbes shal not be for clothing, neither shal they be couered with their workes: their workes are vnprofitable workes, and the worke of iniquitie is in their handes.

7 Their feete runne to euil, & haſten to shede innocent bloud: their cogitations are vnprofitable cogitations: waſte and deſtruction are in their wayes.

8 They haue not knowen the way of peace, and there is no iudgement in their ſteppes: their pathes are become croked to them: euerie one that treadeth in them, knoweth not peace.

9 For this cauſe is iudgement far from vs, & iuſtice shal not apprehend vs. We expected light, and behold darkeneſſe: brightnes, & we haue walked in darkenes.

10 We haue groped as blind men, for the wal, and as without eies haue feeled: we haue ſtumbled at noone day as in darkenes, in darke places as the dead.

11 We al shal roare as beares, and as mourning doues we shal lament. We haue expected iudgement, and there is none: ſaluation, and it is far from vs.

12 For our iniquities are multiplied before thee, and our ſinnes haue anſwered to vs: becauſe our wicked doings are with vs, & our iniquities we haue knowen,

13 to ſinne and lie againſt our Lord: and we were turned away ſo that we went not after our God, that we ſpake calumnie and trangreſſion: we conceiued, and ſpake from the hart words of lying.

14 And iudgement was turned backward, and iuſtice ſtood far of: becauſe truth hath fallen downe in the ſtreete, and equitie could not enter in.

15 And truth grew into obliuion: and he that departed from euil, lay open to the praye: and our Lord ſaw, and it appeared euil in his eies, becauſe there is no iudgement.

16 And he ſaw that there is not a man: and he was aſtoined, becauſe there is none to oppoſe himſelf: and [::] his owne arme ſaued to himſelf, and his iuſtice it ſelf confirmed him.

17 He is clothed with iuſtice as with a breſtplate, and is an helmet of ſaluation on his head: he is clothed with garments of reuenge, and is couered as with a mantel of zele.

18 As vnto reuenge, as it were vnto retribution of indignation to his aduerſaries, and recompence to his enemies: he wil repay the like to the ilandes.

19 And they of the Weſt, shal feare the name of our Lord: and they of the ryſing of the ſunne, his glorie: when he shal come as a violent ſtreame, which the ſpirit of our Lord driueth:

20 and there shal come a redemer to Sion, and to them, that returne from iniquitie in Iacob, ſayth our Lord.

21 This is my couenant with them, ſayth our Lord: [::] My ſpirit that is in thee, and my wordes that I haue put in thy mouth, shal not depart out of thy mouth, and out of the mouth of thy ſeede, and out of the mouth of thy ſeedes ſeede, ſayth our Lord, from this preſent and for euer.

Marginal notes to Chapter 59

  • 1 Num. 11. Iſa. 50.
  • 2 [::] No defect is in God spowre nor wil, that he deliuereth not the faithful from afflictions, but their ſinnes are the impedimen t;for vvhich he punisheth them, that they may repent, & then he wil deliuer them, v. 20.
  • 5 Iob. 15.
  • 7 Prou. 1. Rom. 7.
  • 16 [::] No pure man being able to redeme, and deliuer mankind from captiuitie of ſinne, God became man to accompliſh this worke.
  • 17 Epheſ. 6. 1. Theſ. 5.
  • 20 Rom. ⟨illegible⟩.
  • 21 [::] The Church hath ſtil the ſpirit of truth; and therfore can neuer erre.

Chapter 60

CHAP. LX. In the Church of Christ shal shine the light of true faith, and ſincere charitie: 8. which shal be ſpredde in al nations, and continue al times: 15. replenished with manie ioyful graces: 18. and eternal glorie.

1 ARISE, [::] be illuminated Ieruſalem: becauſe thy light is come, & the glorie of our Lord is riſen vpon thee.

2 Becauſe loe darkenes shal couer the earth, & a miſt the peoples: but [::] vpon thee shal our Lord ariſe, and his glorie shal be ſeene vpon thee.

3 And the Gentiles shal walke in thy light, and kinges in the brightnes of thy riſing.

4 Lift vp thine eies round about, and ſee al theſe are gathered together, they are come to thee: thy ſonnes shal come from a farre, & thy daughters shal riſe from the ſide.

5 Then shalt thou ſee, & abound, and thy hart shal meruel and be enlarged, when the multitude of the ſea shal be conuerted to thee, the ſtrength of Gentiles shal come to thee.

6 The inundation of camels shal couer thee, [::] the dromedaries of Madian and Epha: al of Saba shal come, bringing gold and frakincenſe: and shewing forth prayſe to our Lord.

7 Al the cattel of Cedar shal be gathered together vnto thee, the rammes of Nabaioth shal miniſter to thee: they shal be offered vpon my placable altar, and I wil glorifie the houſe of my maieſtie.

8 Who are theſe, that flie as cloudes, and as doues to their windowes?

9 For, [::] the ilandes expect me, and the shippes of the ſea in the begynning, that I may bring thy ſonnes from a farre: their ſiluer, & their gold with them to the name of the Lord thy God, and to the holie one of Iſrael, becauſe he hath glorified thee.

10 And the children of ſtrangers shal build thy walles, and their kinges shal miniſter to thee: for in mine indignation haue I ſtricken thee, and in my reconciliation haue I had mercie vpon thee.

11 And thy gates shal be open continually: day and night they shal not be shut, that [::] the ſtrength of the Gentiles may be brought to thee, and their kinges may be brought.

12 For the nation and the kingdome that shal not ſerue thee, shal perish: and the Gentiles shal be waſted with deſolation.

13 [::] The glorie of Libanus shal come to thee, the firretree, and boxetree, and pinetree together, to adorne the place of my ſanctification, and the place of my feete I wil glorifie.

14 And the children of them that humbled thee, shal come crouching to thee, and al that detracted from thee shal adore the ſteppes of thy feete, and shal cal thee the citie of the Lord, Sion of the holie one of Iſrael.

15 For that, thou waſt forſaken, and hated, and there was none that paſſed by thee, I wil make thee to be the pride of worldes, a ⟨illegible⟩oy vnto generation and generation:

16 and thou shalt ſucke the milke of the Gentiles, and thou shalt be nurced with the tette of kinges: and thou shalt know that I am the Lord that ſaue thee, and thy redemer the ſtrong one of Iacob.

17 For braſſe I wil bring gold, and for yron I wil bring ſiluer: and for wood braſſe, and for ſtones yron: and I wil make thy viſitation peace, and thine ouerſeers iuſtice.

18 Iniquitie shal no more be heard in thy land, waſte and deſtruction in thy borders, and ſaluation shal occupie thy walles, and prayſe thy gates.

19 Thou shalt haue the ſunne no more to shine by day, neither shal the brightnes of the moone lighten thee: but the Lord shal be vnto thee for an euerlaſting light, and thy God for thy glorie.

20 Thy ſunne shal goe downe no more, and thy moone shal not be diminished: becauſe the Lord shal be vnto thee for an euerlaſting light, and the daies of thy mourning shal be ended.

21 And thy people al iuſt, for euer shal inherite the land, the bud of my planting, the worke of mine hand to glorifie.

22 The leaſt shal be into a thouſand, and the litle one into a moſt ſtrong nation: I the Lord in the time therof wil ſodenly doe it.

Marginal notes to Chapter 60

  • 1 [::] God preuenting with his grace, euerie one muſt cooperate by gratfully accepting this benefite, and ſo diſpoſe him ſelf to iuſtification.
  • 2 [::] Only thoſe that come into the Church receiue the light of true faith, al others are in darkenes.
  • 4 Iſa. 49.
  • 6 [::] This prophecie began to be fulfilled when the 3. Sages came on ſwift beaſtes to adore Chriſt, and offered giftes. Mat 2.
  • 9 [::] This is fulfilled in great Britanie, Ireland, & other ilandes, as Tertullian, Origen. & S. Beda proue againſt the Iewes: and S. Chryſoſtom againſt the Gentiles.
  • 11 Apoc. 21. ⟨illegible⟩. 25.
  • 11 [::] This was accompliſhed when the Romane Emperours, and other Monarches and nations receiued the faith of Chriſt.
  • 13 [::] S. Ierom compelled (as he ſaith) to leaue the hiſto rical ſenſe, becauſe it is not conuenient to ſay: the walles and ſundation of Ieruſalem were adorned with precious ſtones, and the temple which ſhould be moſt glorious, was made of wood expoundeth this place of excellēt men. The holie moſteloquent man Cyprian the Mar▪ tyr, and the confeſsor of our time Hilarius do they not ſeme to thee the high trees that haue built the Church of God?
  • 18 Apoc. 21. v. 23.
  • 20 Apoc. 22. v. 5.

Chapter 61

CHAP. LXI. Chriſt announceth himſelf to be ſent from heauen to teach the truth, to heale and pardon the penitent, to comforte the deſolate, and ſtreingthen the weake. 4. whoſe Apoſtles shal conſtantly preach iustice in al the world. 10. And his Church shal reioyce.

1 THE ſpirit of the Lord vpon me, becauſe the Lord [::] hath annoynted me: to preach to the milde he ſent me, that I should heale the contrite of hart, and preach indulgence to the captiues, and deliuerance to them that are shut vp.

2 That I should preach the placable yeare to the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God: that I might comfort al that mourne:

3 that I might appoint to the mourners of Sion, and geue them a crowne for ashes, the oyle of ioy for mourning, a mantel of prayſe for the ſpirit of ſorrowfulnes: and they shal be called in it the ſtrong of iuſtice, planting of the Lord to glorifie.

4 And they shal build the deſertes from the begynning of the world, and shal erect the old ruines; and shal repayre the deſolate cities, that were diſſipated in generation and generation

5 And aliens shal ſtand, and feede your cattel: and the children shal be your husbandmen, and dreſſers of the vines.

6 And you shal be called the prieſtes of the Lord: to you it shal be ſayd: The miniſters of our God: you shal eate the ſtrength of the Gentiles, and in their glorie you shal be proude.

7 For your [::] double confuſion and shame, [::] they shal prayſe their part: for this cauſe shal they receiue duble in their land, euerlaſting ioy shal be to them.

8 Becauſe I am the Lord that loue iudgement, & hate robberie in holocauſt: and I wil geue their worke in truth, and make a perpetual couenant with them.

9 And they shal know their ſeede in the Gentiles, and their bud in the middes of peoples; al that shal ſee them, shal know them, that theſe are the ſeede which the Lord hath bleſſed.

10 Reioycing I wil reioyce in our Lord, and my ſoule shal be ioyful in my God: becauſe he hath clothed me with the garments of ſaluation: and with the garment of iuſtice he hath compaſſed me, as a bridgrome decked with a crowne, and as a bride adorned with her iewels.

11 For as the earth bringeth forth her ſpring, and as the garden shooteth forth his ſeede: ſo shal our Lord God make iuſtice to ſpring forth, and prayſe before al the Gentiles.

Marginal notes to Chapter 61

  • 1 [::] Our Sauiour was not, neither needed to be viſibly annoynted, as Aaron, Dauid, & others were; but inuiſibly by God, vvith oyle of gladnes, aboue al others. Pſ. 44. v. 8. vvith the Holie Ghoſt, and with powre Act. 10. v. 39. of vvhoſe fulnes al others receiue. Ioan. 1. v. 16.
  • 1 Luc. 4. v. 18.
  • 7 [::] It was a griefe and ſorow to the Apoſtles & firſt preachers of Chriſts Goſpel that both the Iewes departed from God, & Gentiles ſt⟨illegible⟩l folowed idolatrie, but ſhortly after, manie were conuerted.
  • 7 [::] And preferred their owne happie lotte before al other Iewes & Gentiles.

Chapter 62

CHAP. LXII. The prophet auoucheth that he wil not ceaſe from preaching Chriſt, 4. to whom al nations shal be conuerted: 8. & whoſe Church shal continew for euer.

1 FOR Sion [::] I wil not hold my peace, and for Ieruſalem, I wil not reſt, til her iuſt one come forth as brightnes, & her ſauiour be kindled as a lampe.

2 And the Gentiles shal ſee thy iuſt one, and al kinges thy noble one: and thou shalt be called by a new name, which the mouth of our Lord shal name.

3 And thou shalt be a crowne of glorie in the hand of our Lord, and the diademe of a kingdome in the hand of thy God.

4 Thou shalt no more be called, Forſaken: and thy land shal no more be called, Deſolate: But thou shalt be called, My wil in her, and thy land inhabited. becauſe it hath wel pleaſed our Lord in thee: and thy land shal be inhabited.

5 For the yong man shal dwel with the virgin, and thy children shal dwel in thee. And the bridgrome shal reioyce vpon the birde, & thy God shal reioyce vpon thee.

6 [::] Vpon thy walles, Ieruſalem, I haue appointed watchemen, al the day, and al the night, for euer they shal not hold their peace. You that remember our Lord, hold not your peace,

7 and geue not ſilence to him, vntil he eſtablish, and vntil he make Ieruſalem the prayſe in the earth.

8 Our Lord hath ſworne by his right hand, and by the arme of his ſtrength: If I shal geue thy wheate any more to be meate for thine enemies: and if the ſtrange children shal drinke thy wine, wherein thou haſt laboured.

9 Becauſe they that shal gather it together, shal eate it, and shal prayſe the Lord: and they that carie it together, shal drinke it in my holie courtes.

10 Paſſe ye, paſſe ye through the gates, prepare a way for the people, make the iourney plaine, & picke vp the ſtones and lift vp the ſigne to the peoples.

11 Behold our Lord hath made heard in the ends of the earth, tel the daughter of Sion: Behold thy ſauiour cometh: behold his reward is with him, and his worke before him.

12 And they shal cal them. The holie people, the redemed of our Lord. But thou shalt be called: a citie Sought for, and not Forſaken.

Marginal notes to Chapter 62

  • 1 [::] True preachers and paſtors ceaſe not from preaching the truth, for anie threates, terrour, or torment. But ſay with this prophet. For Sion (that is, for the good of the Church) I vvil not ceaſe &c & with S. Paul. The vvord of God is not tied. 2. Tim. 2.
  • 6 [::] The Church of Chriſts is perpetually viſible in her watchmen the paſtors & gouerners therof.
  • 11 Mat. 21. Zach. 9.

Chapter 63

CHAP. LXIII. Chriſt is deſcribed as a vistorious conquerour, aſcending into heauen with triumph, embrued with bloud. 7. For al whoſe benefites the Prophet rendreth thankes: 10. expoſtulating the peoples ingratitude, that prouoked God to wrath.

1 VVHO [::] is this that cometh from Edom, with died garments from Boſra, this beautiful one in his robe, going in the multitude of his ſtrength. I, that ſpeake iuſtice, and am a defender to ſaue.

2 Why then is thy clothing red, and thy garments as theirs that treade in the wine preſſe?

3 I haue troden the preſſe alone, and of the Gentiles there is not a man with me: I haue troden them in my furie, and haue troden them downe in my wrath: and their bloud is ſprinkled vpon my garments, and I haue ſtayned al my rayment.

4 For the day of reuenge is in my hart, the yeare of my redemption is come.

5 I looked about, & there was no helper: I ſought, and there was none to ayde: and myne arme hath ſaued, and myne indignation itſelf hath holpen me.

6 And I haue troden downe the peoples in my furie, and haue inebriated them in mine indignation, and haue drawen their ſtrength downe to the ground.

7 I wil remember the mercies of our Lord, the prayſe of our Lord for al thinges, that our Lord hath rendred to vs, and for the multitude of the good thinges to the houſe of Iſrael, which he hath geuen them according to his iudulgence, and according to the multitude of his mercies.

8 And he ſayd: But yet is my people, children that denie not: and he is become their ſauiour.

9 In al their tribulation he was not trubled, and [::] the angel of his face ſaued them: in his loue, and in his indulgence he redemed them, and bare them, and lifted them vp al the daies of the world.

10 But they prouoked to wrath, and afflicted the ſpirit of his holie one: and he was turned to be their enemie, and he conquered them.

11 And he remembred the dayes of the world of Moyſes, and of his people: where is he that brought them out of the ſea, with the paſtours of his flocke? Where is he that put in the middes of him the ſpirit of his holie one?

12 He that brought out Moyſes to the right hand by the arme of his maieſtie: that diuided the waters before them, that he might make to himſelf an euerlaſting name.

13 He that brought them out through the depthes, as an horſe in the deſert that ſtumbled not.

14 As the beaſt that goeth downe in the plaine filde, the ſpirit of our Lord was their conductor: ſo didſt thou bring thy people that thou mighteſt make thee a name of glorie.

15 Attend from heauen, and looke from thy holie habitation, & of thy glorie: where is thy zele, and thy ſtrength, the multitude of thy bowels, and of thy mercies? they haue held backe them ſelues toward me.

16 For thou art our father, and “ Abraham hath not knowen vs, and Iſrael hath bene ignorant of vs: thou ô Lord art our father, our redemer, from the begynning is thy name.

17 [::] Why haſt thou made vs erre ô Lord from thy waies: haſt thou hardned our hart, that we feared not thee? Returne for thy ſeruants, the tribes of thine inheritance.

18 As nothing haue they poſſeſſed thy holie people: our enemies haue troden downe thy ſanctification.

19 We are become as in the begynning, when thou didſt not rule ouer vs, neither was thy name inuocated vpon vs.

Marginal notes to Chapter 63

  • 1 [::] S. Dionyſe, H⟨illegible⟩er⟨illegible⟩r. caeleſt. c 7. ſuppoſeth this to be the quaeſtion of the hiegheſt order of Angels, admiring Chriſts beauty to be ſo excellent, not withſtanding that he is emb⟨illegible⟩ewed with bloud aſcending from Edom (which ſignifieth terreſtrial) from Boſra (a vvalled citie ouerthrovven) that is, from Ieruſalem into heauen vvith triumph after a bloudie victorie.
  • 2 Apoc. 19. v. 13.
  • 9 [::] The Angel guardian of the Church, which ſtandeth before the face of God; Chriſt teſtifying that alſo the particular guardians do alwayes ſee the face of his Father. Mat. 18
  • 11 Exo. 14.
  • 15 Deut. 26. ⟨illegible⟩a%, 2.
  • 17 [::] God is neuer the cauſe of error or harnes of hart: but by indulgence not punishing, ſinners harden their ovvne hartes. ſo S. Ierom.

ANNOTATIONS CHAP. LXIII.

16. Abraham hath not knovvne vs.] The faithful people conſidering their [Margin: The Ievves ſuppoſed that for their ſinnes the Patriarches did not acknovvlege them for their children. Yet hoped that God of his mercie vvould releue them in diſtreſſe.] ovvne great, frequent, & inueterate ſinnes, vvith the extreme calamities wherinto they vvere fallen for the ſame, ſuppoſed that their progenitor Abraham (vvhom God had particularly called out of his countrie) & Iacob (of vvhoſe tvvelue ſonnes the vvhole nation vvas propagated) did no longer acknowlege them for their children, becauſe they had ſo greuouſly offended God, & vvere not vvorthie of anie fauour. Al vvhich notwithſtanding, yet they hoped in Gods incomparable mercie, that his diuine goodnes, being Creator of al, who had elected them for his peculiar people, brought them out of Aegypt, and often deliuered them from ſundrie afflictions, vvould againe reduce them from capti⟨illegible⟩itie, and as their merciful father, remitte their ſinnes, and releue their miſeries, though Abraham, Iacob, and other Patriarches had iuſtly reiected them as loſt children This being the proper literal ſenſe of this place, according to S. Ieroms, and other ancient Doctors explication, it maketh nothing at al for the old and new hereſie of Vigilantius, & Luther, denying that Sainctes in an other life do knovv vvhat is donne in this vvorld. For albeit the Patriarches in zele of iuſtice, did not acknovvlege their carnal poſteritie (becauſe of their great ſinnes) for their children: yet they knevv their ſtate, as S. Auguſtin [Margin: How the old patriarches knevv the ſtate of men in this vvorld.] (li. de cura pro mortuis) interpreting this, and other places of holie Scripture, [Margin: ⟨illegible⟩ap. 15.] teacheth, partly by relation of ſuch as paſſed from hence to them; partly by holie Angels; and eſpecially by diuine inſpirations. As it is clere that Abraham [Margin: Luc. 16.] knevv the ſtate of poore Lazarus, & of the rich glutton, deſcribing vvhat ech of them had deſerued, and conſequently receiued Much more both the old Patriarches, and al other Sainctes, in eternal glorie knovv ⟨illegible⟩h other, though [Margin: Sainctes in glorie ſee more cle⟨illegible⟩ly then Prophets in this life.] neuer ſene nor knovvne before in this vvorld. as S. Gregorie teacheth: li▪ 4 c. 33. Dialogi. The glorified Sainctes ſee alſo in God that vvhich perteyneth to their clientes, that pray vnto them in earth, ſo farre as God doth ordaine, more [Margin: li. 22. c. 29. ciuit,] clerly by light of glorie, then prophetes ſee by light of prophecie: as S. Auguſtin teacheth. But touching the maner he ſaith it exceeded the reach of his vnderſtanding, hovv Martyrs do helpe thoſe, vvho, it is certaine, are holpen by them. So diſcourſing [Margin: That Sainctes know, & helpe mortal mens neceſſities is certaine: but the maner how, is obſcure.] [Margin: ⟨illegible⟩ura pro mort. c. 16.] at large of the vncertaine maner, ſhevveth that there is no doubt at al of the thing it ſelfe, that Sainctes in heauen do knovv mortal mens neceſſities, hea⟨illegible⟩e their prayers, and helpe them by their interceſſion and merites. vvhich he confirmeth alſo. li. 20. c. 21. cont. Fauſt. Tract. 8. in Ioan. Ser. 5. de Sanctis. Likevviſe. S. Ierom againſt Vigilan⟨illegible⟩ius. S. Gregorie. li. 3. Epiſt. ep. ⟨illegible⟩0 li. 7. ep. 126. li. 9. ep. 38 and others in manie places.

Chapter 64

CHAP. LXIIII. The Iewes in captiuitie pray to God for releaſe: 4. acknowleging his former great benefites, and their owne ſinnes, fleing now to his mercie.

1 VVOVLD God thou [::] wouldeſt breake the heauens in ſunder, and wouldſt deſcend: at thy preſence the mountaines should melt away.

2 As the burning of fyre would they melt, the waters would burne with fyre, that thy name might be made knowen to thine enemies: at thy preſence the nations should be trubled.

3 When thou shalt doe meruelous thinges, we shal not ſuſtayne: thou art deſcended, and at thy preſence the mountaines are melted.

4 From the begynning of the world they haue not heard, nor receiued with the eares: the eie hath not ſeene ô God beſide thee, what thinges thou haſt prepared for them that expect thee.

5 Thou haſt mette him that reioyceth, and doth iuſtice: in thy waies they shal remember thee: behold thou art angrie, [::] and we haue ſinned: we haue bene alwayes in them, [::] and we shal be ſaued.

6 And al we are become as one vncleane, and al our iuſtices as the cloth of a menſtrued woman: and we haue al fallen as a leafe, and our iniquities as the winde haue taken vs away.

7 There is none that inuocateth thy name: that ryſeth vp, and holdeth thee: thou haſt hid thy face from vs, and haſt dashed vs in the hand of our iniquitie.

8 And now Lord thou art our father, and we clay: and thou art our maker, and al we the workes of thy handes.

9 Be not angrie ô Lord ynough, and remember no more our iniquitie: loe regard, al we are thy people.

10 The citie of thy holie one is made deſert, Sion is made deſert, Ieruſalem is become deſolate.

11 The houſe of our ſanctification, and of our glorie, where our fathers prayſed thee, is turned into the burning of fyre, and al our thinges worthie to be deſired are turned into ruines.

12 Wil⟨illegible⟩ thou vpon theſe thinges conteyne thyſelf ô Lord, wilt thou hold thy peace, and afflict vs vehemently?

Marginal notes to Chapter 64

  • 1 [::] The good people, with Prieſtes and Prophetes of the old Teſtament moſt feruently deſired Chriſts comming.
  • 4 1. Cor. ⟨illegible⟩.
  • 5 [::] And, ſignifieth for, as Gen. 14 v. 18. And the Engliſh Bibles tranſlate for, in this place, though the Hebrew text hath va⟨illegible⟩, that is, and. But vve vvith S. Ier⟨illegible⟩m and other ancient Fathers folow the authentical Latin: which hath, e⟨illegible⟩ in this place, & enim in the other.
  • 5 [::] Likewiſe the ſame particle and ſignifieth yet, as if he had ſaid: yet vve ⟨illegible⟩al be ſaued.
  • 9 Pſal. 78.

Chapter 65

CHAP. LXV. The gentiles shal ſeeke and finde Chriſt, 2. Whom the Iewes wil perſecute, and shal be reiected, only a few reliques reſerued. 13. So the Church shal multiplie, and abound in graces.

1 THEY [::] haue ſought me that before asked not, they haue found that ſought me not. I ſaid: Behold me, behold me, to a Gentilitie that did not inuocate my name.

2 I haue ſpred fo⟨illegible⟩th mine handes al the day to [::] an incredulous people, which goeth in a way not good after their owne cogitations.

3 A people that prouoke me to anger before my face alwayes: that immolate in gardens, and ſacrifice vpon brickes.

4 That dwel in ſepulchers, and ſleepe in temples of idols: that eate ſwines flesh, and profane potage in their veſſels.

5 That ſay: Depart from me, approch not to me, becauſe thou art vncleane: theſe shal be ſmoke in my furie, a fyre burning al the day.

6 Behold it is written before me: I wil not hold my peace, but I wil render and repay into their boſome

7 your iniquities, and the iniquities of your fathers together, ſayth our Lord, that haue ſacrificed vpon the mountaines, and vpon the litle hilles haue reproched me, & I wil remeaſure their firſt worke in their boſome.

8 Thus ſaith our Lord: As if a berrie be found in a cluſter, and it be ſaid: Deſtroy it not, becauſe it is a bleſſing: ſo wil I doe for my ſeruants ſake, that I deſtroy not the whole.

9 And I wil bring forth ſeede out of Iacob, & out of Iuda a poſſeſſour of my mountaines: and mine elect shal inherite it, and my ſeruants shal inhabite there.

10 And the champaine countries shal be into foldes of flockes, and the valley of Achor for the couche of heardes, vnto my people that haue ſought after me.

11 And you, that haue forſaken the Lord, that haue forgotten my holie mount, that ſette a table to Fortune, and offer libaments vpon it.

12 I wil number you in the ſword, and you shal al fal by ſlaughter: becauſe I called, and you haue not anſwered: I ſpake, and you haue not heard, and you did euil in mine eies: and you [::] haue choſen the thinges, that I would not.

13 [::] For this cauſe thus ſayth our Lord God: Behold my ſeruants shal eate, and you shal be hungrie: behold, my ſeruants shal drinke, and you shal be thirſtie.

14 Behold my ſeruants shal reioyce, and you shal be confounded: behold my ſeruants shal prayſe for ioyfulnes of hart: and you shal crie for ſorow of hart, and for contrition of ſpirit you shal howle.

15 And you shal leaue your name [::] for an [*] othe to mine elect: and the Lord God shal kil thee, and wil cal his ſeruants by [::] an other name.

16 In which he that is bleſſed vpon the earth, shal be bleſſed in God amen: & he that ſweareth in the earth, shal ſweare by God amen: becauſe the former diſtreſſes are forgotten, and becauſe they are hid from myne eyes.

17 For behold I create [::] new heauens, and a new earth: and the former thinges shal not be in memorie, and they shal not aſcend vpon the hart.

18 But you shal be glad and reioyce for euer in theſe thinges, which I create: becauſe loe I create Ieruſalem exultation, and the people therof ioy.

19 And I wil reioyce in Ieruſalem, and be glad in my people, and there shal no more be heard in it the voice of weeping, and the voice of crying.

20 There shal no more be a childe of daies, and an old man that shal not fil vp his dayes, becauſe the childe of an hundred yeares shal die, and the ſinner of an hundred yeares shal be accurſt.

21 And they shal build cities, and inhabite: and they shal plant vineyardes, and eate the fruites therof.

22 They shal not build, and an others shal dwel: they shal not plant, and an other shal eate: for according to the daies of the tree, shal be the dayes of my people, and they shal make old the workes of their handes.

23 Myne elect shal not labour in vayne nor ingender in conturbation: becauſe it is the ſeede of the bleſſed of the Lord, and their poſteritie with them.

24 And it shal be, before they cal, I wil heare: as they are yet ſpeaking, I wil heare.

25 The wulfe and the lambe shal feede together, the lion and the oxe [::] shal eate ſtraw: & to the ſerpent duſt shal be his bread: they shal not hurt, nor kil in al my holie mountaine, ſayth our Lord.

Marginal notes to Chapter 65

  • 1 [::] This can not be meant of the Ievves, but neceſſarily of the Gentiles.
  • 1 Rom. 10.
  • 2 [::] But this is euidently ſpoken of the Iewes: and ſo S. Paul teſtifieth of both theſe places. Ro. 10. v 20. 21.
  • 12 Prou. 1. Iere. 7.
  • 12 [::] Nothing can be more plain lyvttered then is here the doctrine of mans freewil.
  • 13 [::] Likevviſe of revvard & punishment of good and euil workes.
  • 15 [::] The name of Iewes ſhal be exectable.
  • 15 [*] Othe of execration.
  • 15 [::] And Gods ſeruantes ſhal be called Chriſtians.
  • 17 Apoc. 21.
  • 17 [::] After the general Reſurrection the heauens and earth ſhal be altered in qualities, not in ſubſtance.
  • 24 Pſal. 31.
  • 25 [::] The greateſt and proudeſt Gentiles being conuerted to Chriſt, do humble themſelues to the ſimple maners of Chriſtians, to penance, faſting, praying, and al vvorkes of mortification.

Chapter 66

CHAP. LXVI. God who filleth heauen and earth, wil dwel in the hart of the humble. 3. For the ſinnes of the Iewes Ieruſalem shal be deſtroyed. 5. The faith of Chriſt shal be propagated by the preaching of the Apoſtles. 15. And Christ coming to iudge, 19. al shal receiue according to their deſertes.

1 THVS ſayth our Lord: “Heauen is my ſeate, and the earth my foote ſtoole: [::] what is this houſe that you wil build to me? and what is this place of my reſt?

2 My hand hath made al theſe thinges, & al theſe thinges haue bene done, ſayth our Lord. But to whom shal I haue reſpect, but to the poore litle one, and the contrite of ſpirit, and him that trembleth at my wordes?

3 He that [::] immolateth an oxe, is as he that should ſtay a man: he that killeth a sheepe in ſacrifice, as he that should braine a dog: he that offereth oblation, as he that should offer ſwines bloud: he that remembreth frankincenſe, as he that should bleſſe an idol. Al theſe thinges haue they choſen in their wayes, and in their abominations their ſoule is delighted.

4 Wherfore I alſo wil chooſe their deluſions: and the thinges that they feared, I wil bring to them: becauſe I called, and there was none that would anſwer: I haue ſpoken, and they heard not: and they haue done euil in mine eies, and haue choſen the thinges that I would not.

5 Heare the word of our Lord, ye that tremble at his word: your brethren that hate you, and reiect you for my name ſake, haue ſayd: Let the Lord be glorified, & we shal ſee in your ioy: but they shal be counfounded.

6 A voice of people from the citie, [::] a voice from the temple, the voice of our Lord repaying retribution to his enemies.

7 Before she traueled, she brought forth, before her time came to be deliuered, she brought forth a man childe.

8 Who euer heard ſuch a thing? and who hath ſene the like to this? why, shal the earth trauel in one day? or shal a nation be brought forth together, becauſe Sion hath traueled, and brought forth her children?

9 Shal not I [::] that make others to bring forth children, my ſelf bring forth, ſaith the Lord? shal I, that geue generation to others, be barren, ſayth the Lord thy God?

10 Reioyce with Ieruſalem, and be ioyful in her al ye that loue her: be glad with her in gladnes al ye, that mourne vpon her,

11 that you may ſucke, and be filled of the breaſt of her conſolation: that you may milke, and flow with delightes in al maner of her glorie.

12 Becauſe thus ſaith our Lord: Behold I wil decline vpon her as it were a floud of peace, and as a torrent ouerflowing the glorie of the Gentiles, which you shal ſucke: at the breaſts you shal be caried, & vpon the knees they shal ſpeake you fayre.

13 As if the mother would ſpeake one fayre, ſo wil I comfort you, and in Ieruſalem you shal be comforted.

14 You shal ſee, and your hart shal reioyce, and your bones shal ſpring as an herbe, and the hand of our Lord shal be knowen to his ſeruants, and he shal be wrath with his enemies.

15 Becauſe loe our Lord [::] wil come in fyre, and his chariotes as a whirlewind, to render his furie in indignation, and his rebuking in flame of fyre:

16 becauſe our Lord shal iudge in fyre, and in his ſword to al flesh, and the ſlaine of our Lord shal be multiplied,

17 they that were ſanctified, and thought them ſelues cleane in the gardens behind the gate within, they that did eate ſwines flesh, and abomination and the mouſe: they shal be confounded, ſayth our Lord.

18 But I know their workes, and their cogitations: I come that I may gather together with al nations and tongues: and they shal come and shal ſee my glorie.

19 And I wil put [::] a ſigne in them and I wil ſend of them, that shal be ſaued, to the Gentiles into the ſea, into Afrike, and Lydia them that hold the arrow: into Italie, and Greece, to the ilandes farre of, to them that haue not heard of me, and haue not ſene my glorie. And they shal shew forth my glorie to the Gentiles:

20 and [::] they shal bring al your brethren of al nations a gift to our Lord, vpon horſes, and in chariotes, & in horſe litters, & on mules, and in coches, to my holie mountaine Ieruſalem, ſayth our Lord, as if the children of Iſrael should bring in a gift in a cleane veſſel into the houſe of our Lord.

21 And “I wil take of them to be prieſtes, and leuites, ſayth our Lord.

22 Becauſe as new heauens, and a new earth, which I make to ſtand before me, ſayth our Lord: ſo shal your ſede ſtand, and your name.

23 And there, shal be moneth after moneth, and ſabbath after ſabbath: [::] al flesh shal come to adore before my face, ſayth our Lord.

24 And they shal goe out, and ſee the carcaſſes of the men, that haue tranſgreſſed againſt me: their worme shal not die, and their fyre shal not be quenched: and they shal be euen vnto ſatietie of ſight to al flesh.

Marginal notes to Chapter 66

  • 1 Act. 7. v. 49▪
  • 1 [::] A prophecie that the Temple ſhal ceaſe:
  • 3 [::] and ſacrifices of the old Teſtament ſhal become vnlawful.
  • 4 Prou. ⟨illegible⟩4. Iere. 7. ⟨illegible⟩. 13.
  • 6 [::] Ioſephus expoundeth this of the Angels voice vttered in the temple before the deſtruction, ſaying: Migremus hinc. Let vs depart from hence. S Ierome confirmeth the ſame by the wordes of the Pſalme. 54 I ſavv contradiction in the citie.
  • 9 [::] God geueth natural powre to al l⟨illegible⟩uing creatures of generation: but himſelf bringe⟨illegible⟩h forth children of his Church.
  • 15 [::] Immediatly before Chriſt come to iudge, this whole world ſhal be deſtroyed by fire.
  • 19 [::] Chriſt aſcending to his Father left the ſigne of Thau (Ezech 9.) the croſſe, vnto vs, or put it in our foreheades, that we may freely ſay: the light of thy countenance is ſigned vpon vs. S. Ierom. in hunc locum.
  • 20 [::] Men of al nations ſhalbe brought into the Church by the myniſtrie of particular Angels. S. Iero. ibid.
  • 22 Apoc. 21.
  • 23 [::] General reſurrection of al men.
  • 24 Mar. 9. v. 44.

ANNOTATIONS. CHAP. LXVI.

1. Heauen is my ſeate.] Leſt anie ſhould interprete theſe prophetical promiſes [Margin: As God was ſerued more ſpecially in the temple, ſo he is now in Churches, but is in al places▪ See Act. 7. v. 48.] (as the Ievves doe) only of the reſtauration, & reedification of Ieruſalem and the Temple, the Prophet here ſhevveth that albeit God ſanctified the temple, and granted manie benefites to thoſe that ſerued him therein, yet his proper ſeate is not in anie material temple or terreſtrial place, but in heauen. And therfore Temples and Churches are in deede ordayned for faithful people to ſerue him in, & to ſignifie, that as theſe places are more holie, then ordinarie houſes, ſo heauen is infinitely more glorious then anie earthlie palace: yet God is not conteyned in anie place, but exceedeth al. To which purpoſe S. Steuen (Act.7.) alleageth and vrgeth this place: and alſo S. Paul. Act 17. that God dvvelleth not, or is not concluded in temples, neither needeth them for his ovvne vſe, but is rightly ſerued in them, by thoſe that lift vp their mindes to him, as dwelling in heauen, & repleniſhing al places. [Margin: Clergimen in the old law ſucceded by bloud, in the new by election.]

21. I vvil take of them to be Prieſtes.] In the Lavv of Moyſes Prieſtes and Leuites vvere al of one Tribe, by ſucceſſion of natural kinred, nor by election; but the lavv being changed, neceſſarily alſo Prieſthood is changed. And Byſhopes, Prieſtes, Deacons, and other Clergie men, are taken, and ordained not by uerenes of bloud, but by election, according to their merites of vertues.

Colophon

The holie Bible faithfully translated into English, out of the authentical Latin. Diligently conferred with the Hebrew, Greeke, and other editions in diuers languages. With arguments of the bookes, and chapters: annotations. tables: and other helpes. By the English College of Doway. The second tome (Psalms to 2 Machabees, with the Prayer of Manasses and the third and fourth books of Esdras), Doway: Laurence Kellam, 1610 (STC 2207). Copy: Henry E. Huntington Library, as reproduced in Early English Books Online (image set 2087).

Transcription: Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership (EEBO-TCP), Phase I text A11777 (2007), released under the Creative Commons CC0 1.0 Universal public-domain dedication.

This is an archival transcription, not a Good Works Translation: the English is the Douay translators’ own, kept in the original spelling, with long s (ſ), u and v, i and j as printed. The Good Works Library converted the TCP text to this page, removing only markup, page breaks and line-end hyphens. In the print a cross (†) opens each verse and the verse number stands in the margin; here each verse is its own paragraph headed by that number. Marginal notes are gathered after each chapter under the number of the verse beside which they stand; where the print sets a reference mark in the text (a letter, four pricks ::, or a star *), the mark is kept at its place in square brackets. In prose sections the marginal notes stand at their places in square brackets. Marks that the transcription records in the text are kept as they stand: ▪ is the transcribers’ sign for a printed mark they could not set, which this edition’s key to its marks uses to point to an Annotation after the chapter, and “ is another such printed mark. Words the transcribers could not read are marked ⟨illegible⟩ (172 on this page); none has been filled in by conjecture.

🌲